Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

wild+river

  • 1 Wild River Yacht Club

    Sports: WRYC

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > Wild River Yacht Club

  • 2 Colorado River Hemp

    The fibre obtained from the plant Sesbania Macrocarpa. It is very strong, white, long and of ribbon-like character, grows wild in Colorado and is also known as wild hemp.

    Dictionary of the English textile terms > Colorado River Hemp

  • 3 заповедная река

    Русско-английский экологический словарь > заповедная река

  • 4 заповедная река

    Ecology: wild river

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > заповедная река

  • 5 gato

    m.
    1 cat, mog.
    2 jack, lifting jack.
    3 servant, maid, house-servant.
    4 pound sign, pound symbol, hash mark, hash sign.
    * * *
    1 cat, tomcat
    2 (de coche) jack
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino gato,-a
    1 familiar person from Madrid, inhabitant of Madrid
    \
    buscarle tres/cinco pies al gato familiar to split hairs, complicate things
    dar gato por liebre familiar to take somebody in, con somebody
    hay gato encerrado familiar there's something fishy going on
    llevar el gato al agua / llevarse el gato al agua familiar to pull it off, succeed
    ser cuatro gatos familiar to be a handful of people
    ser gato viejo familiar to be an old hand
    gato de algalia civet cat
    gato de Angora Angora cat
    gato montés wildcat, US bobcat
    gato siamés Siamese cat
    ————————
    1 cat, tomcat
    2 (de coche) jack
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    * * *
    (f. - gata)
    noun
    1) cat
    2) jack
    * * *
    I gato, -a
    1. SM / F
    1) (Zool) [gen] cat; [especificando el sexo] tomcat/she-cat

    "El gato con botas" — "Puss in Boots"

    te han dado gato por liebre — you've been had o conned *, you've been done *

    cuatro gatos —

    este programa solo lo ven cuatro gatos — hardly anyone watches this programme, this programme is only watched by a handful of people

    gato callejero — stray cat, alley cat ( esp EEUU)

    defenderse 2), pie 1)
    2) Esp * (=madrileño) native of Madrid
    3) Méx * (=criado) servant
    2. SM
    1) (Téc) [de coche] jack; (=torno) clamp, vice, vise (EEUU); (=grapa) grab, drag (EEUU); Méx [de arma] trigger
    2) * (=ladrón) sneak thief, petty thief
    3) (=baile) a popular Argentinian folk dance
    4) † [para el dinero] money bag
    5) CAm (=músculo) muscle
    6) Méx (=propina) tip
    7) Cono Sur (=bolsa de agua) hot-water bottle
    gata II
    SM And open-air market, market place
    * * *
    I
    - ta masculino, femenino
    1) (Zool) cat

    cuatro gatos — (fam) a handful of people

    defenderse como gato panza arriba — (fam) to defend oneself fiercely

    estar para el gato — (Chi fam) to be in a bad way (colloq)

    2) (Méx fam) ( criado) (m) servant; (f) maid
    II
    1) (Auto) jack
    3) (Chi, Méx) (Jueg) ticktacktoe (AmE), noughts and crosses (BrE)
    4) (Méx) ( signo) hash sign
    * * *
    I
    - ta masculino, femenino
    1) (Zool) cat

    cuatro gatos — (fam) a handful of people

    defenderse como gato panza arriba — (fam) to defend oneself fiercely

    estar para el gato — (Chi fam) to be in a bad way (colloq)

    2) (Méx fam) ( criado) (m) servant; (f) maid
    II
    1) (Auto) jack
    3) (Chi, Méx) (Jueg) ticktacktoe (AmE), noughts and crosses (BrE)
    4) (Méx) ( signo) hash sign
    * * *
    gato1
    1 = cat.

    Ex: Parentheses help to clarify complex search requests, e.g. dog and ( cat or kitten) vs. (dog and cat) or kitten.

    * a gatas = on all fours.
    * aquí hay gato encerrado = there's more to it than meets the eye.
    * buscarle cinco pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * buscarle los tres pies al gato = nitpick.
    * buscarle tres pies al gato = split + hairs.
    * dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.
    * el Gato con Botas = Puss in Boots.
    * gato callejero = stray cat, alley cat.
    * gato de roca = meerkat.
    * gato escaldado del agua fría huye = once bitten, twice shy, once bitten, twice shy.
    * gato montés = wildcat.
    * gato salvaje = feral cat.
    * gato siamés = Siamese cat.
    * llevarse el gato al agua = steal + the show, steal + the limelight, the nod + go to.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.

    gato2

    Ex: All of the 13 people killed in accidents involving car jacks were males aged between 30 and 89.

    * gato del coche = car jack.
    * gato hidráulico = hydraulic jack.
    * levantar con gato = jack up.

    * * *
    gato1 -ta
    masculine, feminine
    A ( Zool) cat
    aquí hay gato encerrado there's something fishy going on here
    cuatro gatos ( fam); a handful of people
    en el pueblo no quedan más que cuatro gatos there's hardly a soul o there's only a handful of people left in the village
    en la clase de árabe sólo somos cuatro gatos there are only half a dozen of us in my Arabic class
    defenderse como gato panza arriba or ( Chi) de espaldas ( fam); to defend oneself fiercely o tooth and nail
    eso lo sabe hasta el gato ( Col fam); everyone knows that
    estar para el gato ( Chi fam); to be in a bad way ( colloq)
    jugar al gato y al ratón to play cat and mouse
    lavarse como los gatos to make do with a lick and a promise ( colloq)
    llevarse el gato al agua ( fam); to pull it off ( colloq), to succeed
    te dieron or ( Chi) pasaron or (Col, Ven) metieron gato por liebre you were conned o had! ( colloq), you were done in! ( AmE colloq), you were done! ( BrE colloq)
    gato con guantes no caza ratones I/you can't do it with these/those gloves on
    cuando el gato duerme, bailan los ratones when the cat's away the mice will play
    Compuestos:
    el gato con botas Puss in Boots
    civet, civet cat
    Angora cat
    wild cat
    Persian cat
    Siamese cat
    C ( Chi fam pey) ( Dep) amateur ( pej)
    D ( Méx fam) (criado) ( masculine) servant; ( feminine) maid
    A ( Auto) jack
    D (Chi, Méx) ( Jueg) ticktacktoe ( AmE), noughts and crosses ( BrE)
    E ( Méx) (signo) hash sign
    * * *

     

    gato 1
    ◊ -ta sustantivo masculino, femenino (Zool) cat;

    gato montés wild cat;
    aquí hay gato encerrado there's something fishy going on here;
    le dieron gato por liebre he was conned o had! (colloq);
    llevarse el gato al agua (fam) to pull it off (colloq)
    gato 2 sustantivo masculino
    1 (Auto) jack
    2 (Chi, Méx) (Jueg) ticktacktoe (AmE), noughts and crosses (BrE)
    3 (Méx) ( signo) hash sign
    gato sustantivo masculino
    1 Zool cat
    gato montés, wild cat
    gato siamés, Siamese
    El gato con botas, Puss in Boots
    2 Auto Téc jack
    3 familiar man from Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar buscarle tres pies al gato, to complicate things unnecessarily
    aquí hay gato encerrado, there's something fishy going on
    dar gato por liebre, to take sb in, to trick sb
    al final nos llevamos el gato al agua, we pulled it off in the end
    cuatro gatos, a handful of people
    ' gato' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abalanzarse
    - cachorra
    - cachorro
    - cascabel
    - enroscarse
    - haber
    - hidráulica
    - hidráulico
    - liebre
    - linda
    - lindo
    - llevarse
    - mano
    - perra
    - perro
    - rebuscar
    - siamés
    - siamesa
    - sigilo
    - subirse
    - acariciar
    - bigote
    - castrar
    - comer
    - cucho
    - enroscar
    - extraviado
    - macho
    - mamar
    - me
    - pata
    - pelo
    - rozar
    - sacrificar
    - uña
    - zarpazo
    English:
    atop
    - bark
    - bitten
    - cat
    - claw
    - comfortably
    - console
    - disorient
    - disorientate
    - fur
    - jack
    - jack up
    - look down
    - neuter
    - outside
    - pass
    - poised
    - pounce
    - provide for
    - rat
    - respectively
    - retract
    - Siamese cat
    - split
    - spring
    - stray
    - tabby
    - thank
    - tomcat
    - tortoiseshell
    - whisker
    - bite
    - catch
    - foot
    - in
    - Siamese
    - sleep
    - tom
    - wild
    * * *
    gato, -a
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [animal] cat;
    Fam
    dar gato por liebre a alguien to swindle o cheat sb;
    Fam
    aquí hay gato encerrado there's something fishy going on here;
    Fam
    llevarse el gato al agua to pull it off;
    Fam
    cuatro gatos, RP [m5]cuatro gatos locos: sólo había cuatro gatos there was hardly a soul there;
    Esp
    nos apuntamos cuatro gatos hardly anyone signed up for it;
    Fam
    defenderse/resistir como gato panza arriba to defend oneself/resist tooth and nail;
    Fam
    tener más vidas que un gato to have nine lives;
    Fam
    cuando el gato duerme, bailan los ratones when the cat's away the mice will play;
    gato de algalia civet;
    gato de Angora Angora cat;
    el gato con botas Puss in Boots;
    gato montés wildcat;
    gato persa Persian cat;
    gato siamés Siamese cat
    2. Esp Fam [madrileño] = person from Madrid
    3. Méx Fam Pey [sirviente] flunkey
    ♦ nm
    1. Aut jack
    2. [danza] = Argentine folk dance
    3. Méx [tres en raya] Br noughts and crosses, US tick-tack-toe
    * * *
    m
    1 ZO cat;
    aquí hay gato encerrado fam there’s something fishy going on here fam ;
    cuatro gatos a handful of people;
    dar gato por liebre a alguien fam con s.o. fam ;
    gato escaldado del agua fría huye once bitten, twice shy;
    de noche todos los gatos son pardos all cats look gray in the dark;
    lavarse a lo gato fig have a quick wash, have a cat lick
    2 AUTO jack
    3 Méx ( tres en raya) tick-tack-toe, Br
    noughts and crosses sg
    * * *
    gato, -ta n
    : cat
    gato nm
    : jack (for an automobile)
    * * *
    gato n
    1. (animal) cat
    dar gato por liebre to take somebody in [pt. took; pp. taken]

    Spanish-English dictionary > gato

  • 6 वनम् _vanam

    वनम् [वन्-अच्]
    1 A forest, wood, thicket of trees; एको वासः पत्तने वा वने वा Bh.3.12; वने$पि दोषाः प्रभवन्ति रागिणाम्.
    -2 A cluster, group, a quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick bed; चित्रद्विपाः पद्मवनाव- तीर्णाः R.16.16;6.86.
    -3 A place of abode, residence, house.
    -4 A fountain, spring (of water).
    -5 Water in general; गगनं... वनौघनमदभ्रम् Śi.6.73.
    -6 A wooden vessel.
    -7 Wood, timber.
    -8 Dwelling in a forest, living abroad.
    -9 Ved. A cloud.
    -1 Light, a ray of light.
    -11 Worshipping.
    -12 A mountain; L. D. B.
    -13 Plenty, abundance. (As the first member of comp. वन may be translated by 'wild', 'forest'; वनवराहः, वनकदली, वनपुष्पम् &c.)
    -Comp. -अग्निः a forest conflagra- tion.
    -अजः the wild goat.
    -अन्तः 1 the skirts or borders of a forest; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58.
    -2 the forest region itself, wood; वनान्तशय्याकठिनीकृताकृती Ki.1.36; अन्तःकूजन् मुखरशकुनो यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25.
    -अन्तरम् 1 another wood.
    -2 the interior of a forest; अपि वनान्तरमल्पकुचान्तरा श्रयति पर्वत पर्वसु संनता V.4.49.
    -अब्जिनी a lotus-plant growing in water.
    -अरिष्टा wild turmeric.
    -अर्चकः a florist, maker of garlands.
    -अलक्तम् red earth or ruddle.
    -अलिका a sun-flower.
    -आखुः a hare.
    -आखुकः a kind of bean.
    -आपगा 'wood-river', a forest-stream; महार्णवं समासाद्य वनापगशतं यथा Rām.7.19. 17.
    -आर्द्रकम् the root of wild ginger. (
    -का) wild ginger.
    -आश a. living on water; कुतः क्षीरं... वनाशानां वनाश्रम- निवासिनाम् Mb.13.14.124.
    (-शः) 1 dining in a wood, a picnic; क्वचिद्वनाशाय मनो दधद् व्रजात् प्रातः समुत्थाय वयस्य- वत्सपान् Bhāg.1.12.1.
    -2 a kind of small barley.
    -आश्रमः abode in the woods, the third stage in the re- ligious life of a Brāhmaṇa.
    -आश्रमिन् m. an anchorite, a hermit.
    -आश्रयः 1 an inhabitant of the wood.
    -2 a sort of crow or raven.
    -उत्साहः a rhinoceros.
    -उद्धवा the wild cotton plant.
    -उपप्लवः a forest conflagration.
    -उपलः shaped and dried cow dung (Mar. गोवरी).
    -ओकस् m.
    1 an inhabitant of a wood, a forester.
    -2 an anchorite, a hermit.
    -3 a wild animal such as a monkey, boar &c.; तस्य त्यक्तस्वभावस्य घृणेर्मायावनौकसः Bhāg. 7.2.7.
    -ओषधिः a medicinal herb growing in a forest or growing wild.
    -कणा wild pepper.
    -कदली wild plantain.
    -करिन् m.,
    -कुञ्जरः, -गजः a wild elephant.
    -काम a. fond of a forest.
    -कार्पासी (
    -सिः f.) the wild cotton tree.
    -कुक्कुटः a wild fowl.
    -कोलिः f. the wild jujube tree.
    -खण्डम् a forest.
    -ग a. inhabitant of a forest.
    -गवः the wild ox.
    -गहनम् a thicket, the thick part of a forest; इति चालयन्नचलसानुवनगहनजानुमापतिः ।
    -गुप्तः a spy.
    -गुल्मः a wild or forest shrub.
    -गोचर a.
    1 frequenting woods.
    -2 living in water; जहास चाहो वन- गोचरो मृगः Bhāg.3.18.2.
    (-रः) 1 a hunter.
    -2 a for- ester. (
    -रम्) a forest.
    -ग्रहणम् surrounding a forest and stopping all egress.
    -ग्राहिन् a beater of the forest, one who surrounds a forest; तेन हि निवर्तय पूर्वगतान् वन- ग्राहिणः Ś.2.6/7.
    -ग्रामकः a forest village, a poor village.
    -चन्दनम् 1 the Devadāru tree.
    -2 aloe-wood.
    -चन्द्रिका, -ज्योत्स्ना a kind of jasmine.
    -चम्पकः the wild Cham- paka tree.
    -चर a. living in a forest, haunting woods, sylvan.
    (-रः) 1 a forester, forest-dweller, woodman; उपतस्थुरास्तितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29; Me.12.
    -2 a wild animal.
    -3 the fabulous eight-leg- ged animal called Śarabha.
    -चर्या roaming about or residence in a forest.
    -छागः 1 a wild goat.
    -2 a boar.
    -छिद् m. a wood-cutter.
    -जः 1 an elephant.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 the wild citron tree.
    -4 a wood- man. (
    -जम्) a blue lotus-flower.
    -जा 1 wild ginger.
    -2 the wild cotton tree.
    -जीविन् a forester, woodman.
    -तिक्तः the yellow myrobalan tree.
    -दः a cloud.
    -दाहः a forest-conflagration.
    -दीपः = ˚चम्पकः.
    -देवता a sylvan deity, a dryad; शुश्राव कुञ्जेषु यशः स्वमुच्चैरुद्गीयमानं वनदेवताभिः R.2.12;9.52; Ś.4.5; अनुप्रयाता वनदेवताभ्यामदृश्यत स्थावरराजकन्या Ku.3.52;6.39.
    -द्रुमः a tree growing wild in a forest.
    -धारा an avenue of trees.
    -धितिः f. Ved. a hatchet.
    -धेनुः f. the female of the wild ox or Bos gavœus.
    -पः a woodman; यथा वनान्ते वनपैर्विसृष्टः कक्षं देहत्कृष्णगतिः सुघोषः Mb.9.24.63.
    -पल्लवः the शोभाञ्जन tree.
    -पांसुलः a hunter.
    -पार्श्वम् the neighbourhood of a wood, the forest region itself.
    -पुष्पम् a forest-flower.
    -पूरकः the wild citron tree.
    -प्रवेशः commencing a hermit's life.
    -प्रस्थ a. retiring into a wood, leading the life of a hermit. (
    -स्थः) a wood situated on a table- land.
    -प्रियः the cuckoo. (
    -यम्) the cinnamon tree.
    -बर्हिणः, -वर्हिणः a wild peacock.
    -भूः f.,
    -भूमिः f. forest ground.
    -भूषणी the female of the Indian cuckoo.
    -मक्षिका a gad-fly.
    -मल्ली wild-jasmine.
    -माला a gar- land of wood-flowers, such as was usually worn by Kṛiṣṇa; ग्रथितमौलिरसौ वनमालया R.9.51; it is thus des- cribed:- आजानुलम्बिनी माला सर्वर्तुकुसुमोज्ज्वला । मध्ये स्थूल- कदम्बाढ्या वनमालेति कीर्तिता ॥ ˚धरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -मालिन् a. adorned with a chaplet of wood-flowers (-m.) an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; धीरसमीरे यमुनातीरे वसति वने वनमाली Gīt.5; तव विरहे वनमाली सखि सीदति ibid.
    -मालिनी N. of the town of Dvārakā.
    -मुच् a. pouring water; R.9.22. (-m.),
    -भूतः a cloud.
    -मुद्गः a kind of kidney-bean.
    -मोचा wild plantain.
    -रक्षकः a forest-keeper.
    -राजः the lion.
    -राजिः, -जी f.
    1 a grove or long row of trees.
    -2 a long tract of forest.
    -3 a path in a forest.
    -रुहम् a lotus-flower; वनरुहाननं बिभ्रदावृतम् Bhāg.1.31.12.
    -लक्ष्मी f.
    1 an ornament or beauty of the wood.
    -2 the plan- tain.
    -लता a forest-creeper; दूरीकृताः खलु गुणैरुद्यानलता वन- लताभिः Ś.1.17.
    -वर्तिका a kind of quail.
    -वह्निः, -हुता- शनः a forest-conflagration.
    -वासः 1 living in a wood, residence in a forest; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवास- बन्धुभिः Ś.4.1.
    -2 a wild or nomadic life.
    -3 a forest- dweller, a forester.
    -वासनः a civet-cat.
    -वासिन् m.
    1 a forest-dweller, forester.
    -2 a hermit; so वनस्थायिन्.
    -वीजः, -वीजकः the wild citron tree.
    -वृन्ताकी the egg- plant.
    -व्रीहिः wild rice.
    -शृङ्गाटः Tribulus Lanuginosus (Mar. सराटा).
    -शोभनम् a lotus.
    -श्वन् m.
    1 a jackal.
    -2 a tiger.
    -3 a civet-cat.
    -सङ्कटः a kind of pulse.
    -सद्, -संवासिन् m. a forester; प्रणुदन्ववौ वनसदां परिश्रमम् Ki.12. 5.
    -समूहः a thick wood.
    -संप्रवेशः a solemn proces- sion into a forest for the purpose of cutting wood for an idol.
    -सरोजिनी f. the wild cotton plant.
    -स्थः 1 a deer.
    -2 a hermit; कुतः क्षीरं वनस्थानाम् Mb.13.14.124.
    -स्था, -स्थी the holy fig tree.
    -स्थली a wood, forest ground; नखक्षतानीव वनस्थलीनाम् Ku.3.29.
    -स्रज् f. a garland of forest flowers.
    -हासः, -हासकः 1 the Kāsa grass.
    -2 N. of the flower-plant Kunda.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > वनम् _vanam

  • 7 borde

    adj.
    1 rude, impolite, rough.
    2 stupid.
    f. & m.
    ratbag(informal) (unfriendly). (peninsular Spanish)
    m.
    1 edge.
    (lleno) hasta el borde full to the brim
    al borde del mar by the sea
    estoy al borde de un ataque de nervios I'm going to go off my head in a minute
    estar al borde del abismo (figurative) to be on the brink of ruin o disaster
    2 border, borderline.
    3 rim.
    4 hem.
    5 outskirt.
    6 brim, brim of the cup.
    7 threshold, brink, verge.
    8 rough person, uncouth person.
    9 stupid, stupid person.
    10 margin, acies, labrum, ora.
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: bordar.
    * * *
    1 (tonto) stupid
    ■ ¡no seas borde! don't be so stupid!
    2 (antipático) unpleasant; (malhumorado) stroppy
    1 idiot
    ————————
    1 (extremo) edge
    2 (de vaso, copa) rim
    3 (de barco, carretera) side; (de río) bank; (de mar) shore
    \
    estar al borde de to be on the verge of
    * * *
    noun m.
    border, edge, brink
    * * *
    I
    SM
    1) [de asiento, andén, pañuelo] edge; [de plato] rim, lip; [de vaso, sombrero] brim; [de carretera, camino] side; [de ventana] ledge; [de río] edge, bank

    borde de ataque — (Aer) leading edge

    borde de la acera — kerb, curb (EEUU)

    borde de salida — (Aer) trailing edge

    2)

    • al borde de — [+ precipicio, lago, cráter] at o on the edge of; [+ quiebra, histeria, crisis] on the verge of

    están al borde de los cuarenta años — they're close to forty, they're hitting o pushing forty *

    • al borde del mar — beside the sea

    • al borde de la muerte — at death's door

    II Esp
    1. ADJ
    1) ** (=antipático) nasty

    estuvo toda la mañana en plan borde — he was in a strop ** o in a foul mood * all morning

    2) [planta, árbol] wild
    3) †† [niño] illegitimate
    2.
    SMF **

    ¡eres un borde! — you're a nasty piece of work! *

    * * *
    masculino (de mesa, cama) edge; (de moneda, pieza, plato) edge, rim; (de taza, vaso) rim; (de andén, piscina) edge

    al borde de algo — <de la guerra/locura> on the brink of something; <del caos/ruina> on the verge of something

    * * *
    = edge, rim, fringe, brim, verge.
    Ex. As used in an index each card acts as a surrogate for one document, and the index terms for that document are encoded around the edge of the card.
    Ex. Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.
    Ex. The university is located 15 miles from the center of town on the southern fringe.
    Ex. The pot was placed in a pit dug in the soil such that brim of the pot is in line with the surface of soil.
    Ex. The verges of these minor roads have had, in some cases, hundreds of years for native flora to become established.
    ----
    * al borde de = on the verge of, on the brink of, at the side of, on the edge of.
    * al borde de la carretera = at the roadside.
    * al borde de la extinción = on the verge of extinction, on the edge of extinction.
    * al borde de la ley = on the edge of the law.
    * al borde del camino = at the roadside.
    * al borde del mar = at the seaside.
    * borde de la carretera = roadside.
    * borde de la carretera ajardinado = parkway strip.
    * borde del camino = roadside, wayside.
    * borde del río = river bank [riverbank].
    * borde superior = top edge.
    * estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.
    * ficha de borde perforado = edge notch card.
    * llenar hasta el borde = fill + Nombre + to the brim.
    * lleno hasta el borde = full to the brim.
    * repleto hasta el borde = full to the brim.
    * vivir al borde de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.
    * * *
    masculino (de mesa, cama) edge; (de moneda, pieza, plato) edge, rim; (de taza, vaso) rim; (de andén, piscina) edge

    al borde de algo — <de la guerra/locura> on the brink of something; <del caos/ruina> on the verge of something

    * * *
    = edge, rim, fringe, brim, verge.

    Ex: As used in an index each card acts as a surrogate for one document, and the index terms for that document are encoded around the edge of the card.

    Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.
    Ex: The university is located 15 miles from the center of town on the southern fringe.
    Ex: The pot was placed in a pit dug in the soil such that brim of the pot is in line with the surface of soil.
    Ex: The verges of these minor roads have had, in some cases, hundreds of years for native flora to become established.
    * al borde de = on the verge of, on the brink of, at the side of, on the edge of.
    * al borde de la carretera = at the roadside.
    * al borde de la extinción = on the verge of extinction, on the edge of extinction.
    * al borde de la ley = on the edge of the law.
    * al borde del camino = at the roadside.
    * al borde del mar = at the seaside.
    * borde de la carretera = roadside.
    * borde de la carretera ajardinado = parkway strip.
    * borde del camino = roadside, wayside.
    * borde del río = river bank [riverbank].
    * borde superior = top edge.
    * estar al borde de = teeter + on the edge of.
    * ficha de borde perforado = edge notch card.
    * llenar hasta el borde = fill + Nombre + to the brim.
    * lleno hasta el borde = full to the brim.
    * repleto hasta el borde = full to the brim.
    * vivir al borde de la pobreza = live on + the poverty line.

    * * *
    ( Esp fam)
    1 (grosero) rude, vulgar, crude; (antipático) rude, stroppy ( BrE colloq)
    2 (tonto) stupid
    ( Esp fam)
    1
    (grosero): los camareros son unos bordes the waiters are so rude
    2 (tonto) idiot, jerk ( colloq), prat ( BrE colloq)
    (de una mesa, cama) edge; (de una moneda, pieza, un plato) edge, rim; (de una taza, un vaso) rim
    no te acerques tanto al borde del andén don't go so near the edge of the platform
    llenó el vaso hasta el borde she filled the glass to the brim
    la página tiene ilustraciones en el borde inferior the page has illustrations along the bottom
    nos sentamos al borde de la piscina we sat down at o by the edge of the swimming pool
    paramos al borde de la carretera we stopped at the roadside o at the side of the road
    había un sauce al borde del río there was a willow tree at the edge of the river o on the river bank
    estar al borde de la locura to be on the brink of madness
    al borde de la muerte on the point of death, at death's door
    al borde de las lágrimas on the verge of tears
    Compuesto:
    leading edge
    * * *

     

    Del verbo bordar: ( conjugate bordar)

    bordé es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    borde es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    bordar    
    borde
    bordar ( conjugate bordar) verbo transitivo ‹sábana/blusa› to embroider;

    borde sustantivo masculino (de mesa, cama, acantilado) edge;

    (de moneda, taza, vaso) rim;

    al borde de algo ‹de la guerra/locura› on the brink of sth;

    ‹de las lágrimas/del caos/de la ruina› on the verge of sth;

    bordar verbo transitivo
    1 (una interpretación, un trabajo) to do excellently
    2 Cost to embroider
    borde 1 sustantivo masculino (de una mesa, un camino) edge
    (de una taza, etc) rim, brim
    ♦ Locuciones: al borde de, (muy cerca de): tiene una casa al borde del mar, he has got a house at the seaside
    figurado estuvo al borde de la muerte, she was at death's door
    (a punto de) estamos al borde de un ataque de nervios, we are on the brink of a nervous breakdown
    borde 2
    I m,f fam crude, stupid person
    II adj fam stroppy, rude: ¡no seas borde y ven al cine! don't be rude and come along to the movies!

    ' borde' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abismo
    - bordear
    - canto
    - exasperación
    - rasa
    - raso
    - umbral
    - afilado
    - filo
    - flecos
    - mellado
    - salir
    - sobresalir
    English:
    border
    - brim
    - brink
    - edge
    - fill up
    - fringe
    - hang over
    - lip
    - madness
    - perforated
    - rim
    - roadside
    - stroppy
    - surround
    - verge
    - away
    - curb
    - edging
    - from
    - keep
    - perch
    - road
    * * *
    borde1 nm
    [límite] edge; [de carretera] side; [de río] bank; [de vaso, botella] rim; Méx
    borde (de la banqueta) Br kerb, US curb;
    lleno hasta el borde full to the brim;
    al borde del mar by the sea;
    no dejes que se acerquen al borde de la piscina don't let them go near the edge of the swimming pool;
    el delantero fue derribado al borde del área the forward was brought down on the edge of the area;
    estoy al borde de un ataque de nervios I'm going to go out of o Br off my head in a minute;
    el proceso de paz está al borde del colapso the peace process is on the brink of collapse;
    estar al borde del abismo to be on the brink of ruin o disaster
    ♦ adj
    [antipático]
    eres muy borde you're a real Br ratbag o US s.o.b.;
    no seas borde y deja que venga ella también don't be such Br a ratbag o US an s.o.b., and let her come too;
    no te pongas borde que casi no te he tocado there's no need to get in a huff o Br strop, I hardly touched you
    ♦ nmf
    [antipático] Br ratbag, US s.o.b.;
    si encuentro al borde que me ha robado la bicicleta lo mato if I find the rat that stole my bike, I'll kill him
    * * *
    1 adj fam
    persona rude, uncouth
    2 m edge;
    al borde de fig on the verge o
    brink of
    * * *
    borde nm
    1) : border, edge
    2)
    al borde de : on the verge of
    estoy al borde de la locura: I'm about to go crazy
    * * *
    borde1 adj unpleasant
    borde2 n
    1. (en general) edge
    2. (de vaso, taza) rim

    Spanish-English dictionary > borde

  • 8 Lauf

    m; -(e)s, Läufe
    1. run; (Wettlauf) race; (Durchgang) run; (Vorrunde) heat; der 100-Meter-Lauf the 100 met|res (Am. -ers); einen Lauf haben Sl., fig. have a run of great form, be on a roll
    2. nur Sg. (Laufen) running; sich in Lauf setzen break into a run, start running; im Lauf anhalten / innehalten stop running / stop running for a moment; in vollem Lauf umg. (at) full tilt
    3. nur Sg. (Bewegung) movement, motion; des Wassers: flow; TECH. running, operation; die Maschine hat einen leisen Lauf the machine (MOT. engine) is very quiet ( oder quiet-running, quiet in operation)
    4. nur Sg.; fig. (Verlauf, Entwicklung) course; seinen Lauf nehmen take its course; einer Sache / den Dingen freien Lauf lassen let s.th. take its course / let things take their course; seiner Fantasie / seinen Gefühlen freien Lauf lassen give free rein to one’s emotions / imagination; stärker: let one’s emotions / imagination run wild; seinem Zorn freien Lauf lassen give vent to one’s anger; der Lauf der Ereignisse the course of events; der Lauf der Geschichte the course ( oder tide) of history; das ist der Lauf der Dinge that’s the way things are, that’s life; den Dingen ihren Lauf lassen let things take their course; den Lauf der Dinge aufhalten stop the course of events; im Laufe des Monats / Gesprächs etc. in the course of ( oder during) the month / conversation etc.; im Laufe der nächsten Woche etc. some time next week etc.; im Laufe der Jahre over the years; im Laufe der Zeit in the course of time; Vergangenheit: auch as time went on
    5. nur Sg. (Verlauf eines Wegs, Flusslauf) course; am oberen / unteren Lauf des Indus along the upper / lower reaches of the Indus; dem Lauf der Straße folgen follow the (course of the) road; der Lauf der Gestirne the orbit of the stars
    6. MUS. run; Koloratur: auch roulade
    7. von Schusswaffen: barrel; mit zwei Läufen double-barrel(l)ed; etw. vor den Lauf bekommen Jagd und fig.: get s.th. in one’s sights
    8. Jägerspr. (Bein) leg
    * * *
    der Lauf
    (Gewehr) barrel;
    (Sport) running; run;
    (Verlauf) course; progress; current
    * * *
    [lauf]
    m -(e)s, Läufe
    ['lɔyfə]
    1) (= schneller Schritt) run; (SPORT = Wettlauf, - fahrt) race; (= Durchgang) run, race, heat

    sein Láúf wurde immer schneller — he ran faster and faster

    im Láúf innehalten — to stop running for a moment

    2) (= Verlauf) course

    im Láúfe der Jahre — in the course of the years, over or through the years

    im Láúfe der Zeit — in the course of time

    im Láúfe des Gesprächs — in the course of the conversation, during the conversation

    freien Láúf lassen — to allow a development to take its (own) course

    seiner Fantasie freien Láúf lassen — to give free rein to one's imagination

    sie ließ ihren Gefühlen freien Láúf — she gave way to her feelings

    seinen Láúf nehmen — to take its course

    den Dingen ihren Láúf lassen — to let matters or things take their course

    das ist der Láúf der Dinge or der Welt — that's the way of the world, that's the way things go

    3) (= Gang, Arbeit) running, operation; (COMPUT) run
    4) (=Flusslauf AUCH ASTRON) course

    der obere/untere Láúf der Donau — the upper/lower reaches of the Danube

    5) (= Gewehrlauf) barrel

    ein Tier vor den Láúf bekommen — to get an animal in one's sights

    6) (HUNT = Bein) leg
    7) (MUS) run
    * * *
    der
    1) (a long, hollow, cylindrical shape, especially the tube-shaped part of a gun: The bullet jammed in the barrel of the gun.) barrel
    2) (the progress or development of events: Things will run their normal course despite the strike.) course
    3) (in cricket, a batsman's act of running from one end of the wicket to the other, representing a single score: He scored/made 50 runs for his team.) run
    * * *
    <-[e]s, Läufe>
    [lauf, pl ˈlɔyfə]
    m
    1. kein pl (das Laufen) run
    2. SPORT (Durchgang) round; (Rennen) heat
    3. kein pl (Gang) Maschine operation
    der Motor hat einen unruhigen \Lauf the engine is not running smoothly
    4. kein pl GEOG (Verlauf, Bahn) course
    der obere/untere \Lauf eines Flusses the upper/lower course of a river
    der \Lauf dieses Sterns the track [or path] of this star
    5. (Verlauf, Entwicklung) course
    das ist der \Lauf der Dinge that's the way things go
    der \Lauf der Welt the way of the world
    seinen \Lauf nehmen to take its course
    die Ereignisse nehmen ihren \Lauf events take their course
    im \Laufe einer S. gen in the course of [or during] sth
    im \Laufe der Jahrhunderte over the centuries
    6. (Gewehrlauf) barrel
    ein Tier vor den \Lauf bekommen to have an animal in one's sights
    7. JAGD (Bein) leg
    8.
    ▶ etw dat freien [o ihren] \Lauf lassen to give free rein to sth
    lasst eurer Fantasie freien \Lauf let your imagination run wild
    man sollte den Dingen ihren \Lauf lassen one should let things take their course
    * * *
    der; Lauf[e]s, Läufe
    1) o. Pl. running
    2) (Sport): (Wettrennen) heat
    3) o. Pl. (VerLauf, Entwicklung) course

    im Lauf[e] der Zeit — in the course of time

    im Lauf[e] der Jahre — over the years; as the years go/went by

    im Lauf[e] des Tages — during the day

    einer Sache (Dat.) ihren od. freien Lauf lassen — give free rein to something

    der Lauf der Geschichte/Welt — the course of history/the way of the world

    4) (von Schusswaffen) barrel
    5) o. Pl. (eines Flusses, einer Straße) course

    der obere/untere Lauf eines Flusses — the upper/lower reaches pl. of a river

    6) (Musik) run
    7) (Jägerspr.) leg
    * * *
    Lauf m; -(e)s, Läufe
    1. run; (Wettlauf) race; (Durchgang) run; (Vorrunde) heat;
    der 100-Meter-Lauf the 100 metres (US -ers);
    einen Lauf haben sl, fig have a run of great form, be on a roll
    2. nur sg (Laufen) running;
    sich in Lauf setzen break into a run, start running;
    im Lauf anhalten/innehalten stop running/stop running for a moment;
    in vollem Lauf umg (at) full tilt
    3. nur sg (Bewegung) movement, motion; des Wassers: flow; TECH running, operation;
    die Maschine hat einen leisen Lauf the machine (AUTO engine) is very quiet ( oder quiet-running, quiet in operation)
    4. nur sg; fig (Verlauf, Entwicklung) course;
    seinen Lauf nehmen take its course;
    einer Sache/den Dingen freien Lauf lassen let sth take its course/let things take their course;
    seiner Fantasie/seinen Gefühlen freien Lauf lassen give free rein to one’s emotions/imagination; stärker: let one’s emotions/imagination run wild;
    seinem Zorn freien Lauf lassen give vent to one’s anger;
    der Lauf der Ereignisse the course of events;
    der Lauf der Geschichte the course ( oder tide) of history;
    das ist der Lauf der Dinge that’s the way things are, that’s life;
    den Dingen ihren Lauf lassen let things take their course;
    den Lauf der Dinge aufhalten stop the course of events;
    im Laufe des Monats/Gesprächs etc in the course of ( oder during) the month/conversation etc;
    im Laufe der nächsten Woche etc some time next week etc;
    im Laufe der Jahre over the years;
    im Laufe der Zeit in the course of time; Vergangenheit: auch as time went on
    5. nur sg (Verlauf eines Wegs, Flusslauf) course;
    am oberen/unteren Lauf des Indus along the upper/lower reaches of the Indus;
    dem Lauf der Straße folgen follow the (course of the) road;
    der Lauf der Gestirne the orbit of the stars
    6. MUS run; Koloratur: auch roulade
    7. von Schusswaffen: barrel;
    mit zwei Läufen double-barrel(l)ed;
    etwas vor den Lauf bekommen Jagd und fig: get sth in one’s sights
    8. JAGD (Bein) leg
    * * *
    der; Lauf[e]s, Läufe
    1) o. Pl. running
    3) o. Pl. (VerLauf, Entwicklung) course

    im Lauf[e] der Zeit — in the course of time

    im Lauf[e] der Jahre — over the years; as the years go/went by

    im Lauf[e] des Tages — during the day

    einer Sache (Dat.) ihren od. freien Lauf lassen — give free rein to something

    der Lauf der Geschichte/Welt — the course of history/the way of the world

    4) (von Schusswaffen) barrel
    5) o. Pl. (eines Flusses, einer Straße) course

    der obere/untere Lauf eines Flusses — the upper/lower reaches pl. of a river

    6) (Musik) run
    7) (Jägerspr.) leg
    * * *
    -e m.
    course n.
    current n.
    gun barrel n.
    run n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Lauf

  • 9 Rand

    m; -(e)s, Ränder
    1. edge; eines Tellers, einer Brille etc.: rim; eines Hutes: brim; (Seitenrand) margin; Ränder unter den Augen (dark) rings under the eyes; bis zum Rand gefüllt Glas: filled to the brim; eine Karte mit schwarzem Rand a card with a black border; ein Rand in der Wanne a tide-mark in the bath (Am. ring in the bathtub); ( 4 cm) Rand lassen leave a margin (of 4 cm); etw. an den Rand schreiben write s.th. in the margin; am Rande des Waldes on the edge of the woods; am Rande der Stadt on the outskirts (of the town); am Rande des Abgrunds on the brink of the abyss
    2. fig. verge; am Rande des Verderbens / der Verzweiflung etc. fig. on the verge ( oder brink) of ruin / despair etc.; am Rande der Gesellschaft on the fringe(s) of society; am Rande der Legalität just inside the law; an den Rand (des Geschehens etc.) geraten be marginalized; am Rande des Grabes stehen have one foot in the grave; am Rande erwähnen mention in passing; das oder so viel nur am Rande I just mention that in passing; das versteht sich am Rande it goes without saying; ein Problem etc. am Rande behandeln deal with a problem etc. in passing; es interessiert mich nur am Rande it’s only of marginal interest to me; er hat es nur am Rande miterlebt he wasn’t directly involved ( oder affected by it); außer Rand und Band sein / geraten be going wild; vor Freude etc.: be beside o.s. / go wild (with joy); zu Rande kommen mit jemandem / etw. get on with s.o. / cope with s.th.
    3. umg. (Mund) trap, Brit. auch gob; er kann einfach seinen Rand nicht halten he just can’t keep his trap shut; halt den Rand! shut up!, shut your trap ( oder face)
    * * *
    der Rand
    edging; side; brink; margin; verge; brim; rim; fringe; edge; border
    * * *
    Rạnd I [rant]
    m -es, -er
    ['rɛndɐ]
    1) edge; (von Weg, Straße, Schwimmbecken etc) side, edge; (von Brunnen, Gefäß, Tasse) top, rim, brim; (von Abgrund) brink

    voll bis zum Rand — full to the brim, brimful

    am Rande (erwähnen, zur Sprache kommen) — by the way, in passing; interessieren marginally; beteiligt sein marginally, on the fringe; miterleben from the sidelines

    am Rande des Waldes — at the edge of the forest

    am Rande der Stadt — on the outskirts of the town

    am Rande der Verzweiflung/des Wahnsinns — on the verge of despair/madness

    er hat die Russische Revolution noch am Rande miterlebt — he was around at the beginning/end of the Russian Revolution

    am Rande der Gesellschaft/der politischen Landschaft — on the fringes of society/the political scene

    an den Rand der Gesellschaft gedrängt werden — to be marginalized by society

    am äußersten rechten Rand des politischen Spektrums — on the extreme right of the political spectrum

    2) (= Umrandung) border; (= Tellerrand) edge, side; (= Brillenrand) rim; (von Hut) brim; (= Seitenrand, Buchrand, Heftrand) margin

    wenn er so über die Ränder seiner Brille schielt — when he peers over the top of his glasses like that

    mit schwarzem Rand — black-edged, with a black border

    3) (= Schmutzrand) ring; (um Augen) circle, ring

    rote Ränder um die Augen haben — to have red rims around one's eyes

    4) (fig)

    sie waren außer Rand und Band — there was no holding them, they were going wild

    See:
    = zurande
    II
    m -s, -(s)
    (= Währung) rand
    * * *
    der
    1) (the edge of a particular thing: the border of a picture/handkerchief.) border
    2) (the top edge of a cup, glass etc: The jug was filled to the brim.) brim
    3) (the edge or border of a steep, dangerous place or of a river.) brink
    4) (the part farthest from the middle of something; a border: Don't put that cup so near the edge of the table - it will fall off; the edge of the lake; the water's edge.) edge
    5) (a border or fringe round a garment: gold edging.) edging
    6) (the blank edge round a page of writing or print: Please write your comments in the margin.) margin
    7) (the edge of something: the lip of a cup.) lip
    8) ((usually in singular with the) the edge (of something): The shops are on the periphery of the housing estate.) periphery
    9) (an edge or border: the rim of a wheel; the rim of a cup.) rim
    10) (the (grass) edging of a garden bed, a road etc: It's illegal to drive on the grass verge.) verge
    * * *
    <-es, Ränder>
    [rant, pl ˈrɛndɐ]
    m
    1. (abfallendes Ende einer Fläche) edge
    2. (obere Begrenzungslinie) von Glas, Tasse rim; von Teller edge, side; von Wanne top, rim
    etw bis zum \Rand füllen to fill sth to the brim
    voll bis zum \Rand full to the brim, brimful
    3. (äußere Begrenzung) edge; von Straße, Weg side; von Wunde lip
    sie stand am \Rand der Klippe she stood on the edge of the cliff
    stell das Glas nicht so nah an den \Rand von dem Tisch don't put the glass so near the edge of the table
    du hast dir die Hose unten am [rechten/linken] \Rand schmutzig gemacht you've dirtied the bottom [of the right/left leg] of your trousers
    der \Rand des Abgrunds the brink of the precipice
    am \Rande der Gesellschaft on the fringes of society
    am \Rande der Stadt on the outskirts [or edge] of the town
    er wohnt in einem großen Haus am \Rande der Stadt he lives in a big house on [or at] the edge of the town
    am \Rand der Straße at the side of the road
    am \Rande des Waldes at the edge of the forest
    4. (Einfassung) border; einer Brille rim; eines Huts brim
    eine Brille mit silbernem \Rand spectacles with silver rims, silver-rimmed spectacles
    er schielte über die Ränder seiner Brille he peered over the top of his glasses
    die Decke hatte einen mit einer Borte verzierten \Rand the quilt was bordered by a braid trimming [or had a braid trimming border
    5. (Grenze)
    am \Rand[e] einer S. gen on the verge [or brink] of sth
    sich akk am \Rand[e] einer S. gen bewegen to border on sth
    am \Rande des Bankrotts sein to be on the verge of bankruptcy
    am \Rande eines Krieges on the brink of war
    jdn an den \Rand des Ruins/Wahnsinns bringen to bring sb to the verge [or brink] of ruin/madness
    am \Rand der Verzweiflung sein to be on the verge of despair
    6. (auf Papier) von Buch, Heft, Seite margin
    Trauerkarten haben einen schwarzen \Rand condolence cards have black edging [or a black border]
    etw an den \Rand schreiben to write sth in the margin
    7. (Schatten, Spur) mark
    ein [schmutziger] \Rand um die Badewanne a tidemark around [the rim of] the bath BRIT
    [dunkle/rote] Ränder um die Augen haben to have [dark/red] rings [a]round one's eyes
    vom Weinen hatte sie rote Ränder um die Augen the rims of her eyes were red with crying
    8.
    ▶ am \Rande in passing, by the way
    das habe ich am \Rande erwähnt I mentioned that in passing
    das interessiert mich nur am \Rande that's only of marginal interest to me
    das versteht sich am \Rande that goes without saying
    wir haben die Revolution nur am \Rande miterlebt we were only marginally involved in the revolution
    ▶ außer \Rand und Band geraten/sein (fam) to go/be wild
    sie waren außer \Rand und Band there was no holding them, they were going wild
    ▶ halt den \Rand! (sl) shut your mouth fam [or sl face] [or sl gob]
    ▶ [mit etw dat] zu \Rande kommen (fam) to cope [with sth]
    ich komme damit nicht zu \Rande I can't manage
    ▶ mit jdm zu \Rande kommen (fam) to get on with sb
    * * *
    der; Rand[e]s, Ränder
    1) edge; (Einfassung) border; (HutRand) brim; (BrillenRand, GefäßRand, KraterRand) rim; (eines Abgrunds) brink; (auf einem Schriftstück) margin; (WegRand) verge; (StadtRand) edge; outskirts pl.; (fig.)

    außer Rand und Band geraten/sein — (ugs.) go/be wild ( vor with); (rasen) go/be berserk ( vor with)

    mit etwas [nicht] zu Rande kommen — (ugs.) [not] be able to cope with something; s. auch Grab

    2) (SchmutzRand) mark; (rund) ring; (in der Wanne) tidemark (coll.)

    dunkle Ränder unter den Augen haben — have dark lines under one's eyes

    3)

    den Rand halten — (salopp) shut one's gob (sl.) or trap (sl.)

    * * *
    Rand m; -(e)s, Ränder
    1. edge; eines Tellers, einer Brille etc: rim; eines Hutes: brim; (Seitenrand) margin;
    Ränder unter den Augen (dark) rings under the eyes;
    bis zum Rand gefüllt Glas: filled to the brim;
    eine Karte mit schwarzem Rand a card with a black border;
    ein Rand in der Wanne a tide-mark in the bath (US ring in the bathtub);
    (4 cm) Rand lassen leave a margin (of 4 cm);
    etwas an den Rand schreiben write sth in the margin;
    am Rande des Waldes on the edge of the woods;
    am Rande der Stadt on the outskirts (of the town);
    am Rande des Abgrunds on the brink of the abyss
    2. fig verge;
    am Rande des Verderbens/der Verzweiflung etc fig on the verge ( oder brink) of ruin/despair etc;
    am Rande der Gesellschaft on the fringe(s) of society;
    am Rande der Legalität just inside the law;
    an den Rand (des Geschehens etc)
    geraten be marginalized;
    am Rande des Grabes stehen have one foot in the grave;
    am Rande erwähnen mention in passing;
    so viel nur am Rande I just mention that in passing;
    das versteht sich am Rande it goes without saying;
    ein Problem etc
    am Rande behandeln deal with a problem etc in passing;
    es interessiert mich nur am Rande it’s only of marginal interest to me;
    er hat es nur am Rande miterlebt he wasn’t directly involved ( oder affected by it);
    außer Rand und Band sein/geraten be going wild; vor Freude etc: be beside o.s./go wild (with joy);
    zu Rande kommen mit jemandem/etwas get on with sb/cope with sth
    3. umg (Mund) trap, Br auch gob;
    er kann einfach seinen Rand nicht halten he just can’t keep his trap shut;
    halt den Rand! shut up!, shut your trap ( oder face)
    * * *
    der; Rand[e]s, Ränder
    1) edge; (Einfassung) border; (HutRand) brim; (BrillenRand, GefäßRand, KraterRand) rim; (eines Abgrunds) brink; (auf einem Schriftstück) margin; (WegRand) verge; (StadtRand) edge; outskirts pl.; (fig.)

    außer Rand und Band geraten/sein — (ugs.) go/be wild ( vor with); (rasen) go/be berserk ( vor with)

    mit etwas [nicht] zu Rande kommen — (ugs.) [not] be able to cope with something; s. auch Grab

    2) (SchmutzRand) mark; (rund) ring; (in der Wanne) tidemark (coll.)
    3)

    den Rand halten — (salopp) shut one's gob (sl.) or trap (sl.)

    * * *
    ¨-er (Mathematik) m.
    boundary n. ¨-er m.
    border n.
    brim n.
    brink n.
    edge n.
    fringe n.
    lip n.
    margin n.
    rim n.
    side n.
    verge n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Rand

  • 10 rand

    m; -(e)s, Ränder
    1. edge; eines Tellers, einer Brille etc.: rim; eines Hutes: brim; (Seitenrand) margin; Ränder unter den Augen (dark) rings under the eyes; bis zum Rand gefüllt Glas: filled to the brim; eine Karte mit schwarzem Rand a card with a black border; ein Rand in der Wanne a tide-mark in the bath (Am. ring in the bathtub); ( 4 cm) Rand lassen leave a margin (of 4 cm); etw. an den Rand schreiben write s.th. in the margin; am Rande des Waldes on the edge of the woods; am Rande der Stadt on the outskirts (of the town); am Rande des Abgrunds on the brink of the abyss
    2. fig. verge; am Rande des Verderbens / der Verzweiflung etc. fig. on the verge ( oder brink) of ruin / despair etc.; am Rande der Gesellschaft on the fringe(s) of society; am Rande der Legalität just inside the law; an den Rand (des Geschehens etc.) geraten be marginalized; am Rande des Grabes stehen have one foot in the grave; am Rande erwähnen mention in passing; das oder so viel nur am Rande I just mention that in passing; das versteht sich am Rande it goes without saying; ein Problem etc. am Rande behandeln deal with a problem etc. in passing; es interessiert mich nur am Rande it’s only of marginal interest to me; er hat es nur am Rande miterlebt he wasn’t directly involved ( oder affected by it); außer Rand und Band sein / geraten be going wild; vor Freude etc.: be beside o.s. / go wild (with joy); zu Rande kommen mit jemandem / etw. get on with s.o. / cope with s.th.
    3. umg. (Mund) trap, Brit. auch gob; er kann einfach seinen Rand nicht halten he just can’t keep his trap shut; halt den Rand! shut up!, shut your trap ( oder face)
    * * *
    der Rand
    edging; side; brink; margin; verge; brim; rim; fringe; edge; border
    * * *
    Rạnd I [rant]
    m -es, -er
    ['rɛndɐ]
    1) edge; (von Weg, Straße, Schwimmbecken etc) side, edge; (von Brunnen, Gefäß, Tasse) top, rim, brim; (von Abgrund) brink

    voll bis zum Rand — full to the brim, brimful

    am Rande (erwähnen, zur Sprache kommen) — by the way, in passing; interessieren marginally; beteiligt sein marginally, on the fringe; miterleben from the sidelines

    am Rande des Waldes — at the edge of the forest

    am Rande der Stadt — on the outskirts of the town

    am Rande der Verzweiflung/des Wahnsinns — on the verge of despair/madness

    er hat die Russische Revolution noch am Rande miterlebt — he was around at the beginning/end of the Russian Revolution

    am Rande der Gesellschaft/der politischen Landschaft — on the fringes of society/the political scene

    an den Rand der Gesellschaft gedrängt werden — to be marginalized by society

    am äußersten rechten Rand des politischen Spektrums — on the extreme right of the political spectrum

    2) (= Umrandung) border; (= Tellerrand) edge, side; (= Brillenrand) rim; (von Hut) brim; (= Seitenrand, Buchrand, Heftrand) margin

    wenn er so über die Ränder seiner Brille schielt — when he peers over the top of his glasses like that

    mit schwarzem Rand — black-edged, with a black border

    3) (= Schmutzrand) ring; (um Augen) circle, ring

    rote Ränder um die Augen haben — to have red rims around one's eyes

    4) (fig)

    sie waren außer Rand und Band — there was no holding them, they were going wild

    See:
    = zurande
    II
    m -s, -(s)
    (= Währung) rand
    * * *
    der
    1) (the edge of a particular thing: the border of a picture/handkerchief.) border
    2) (the top edge of a cup, glass etc: The jug was filled to the brim.) brim
    3) (the edge or border of a steep, dangerous place or of a river.) brink
    4) (the part farthest from the middle of something; a border: Don't put that cup so near the edge of the table - it will fall off; the edge of the lake; the water's edge.) edge
    5) (a border or fringe round a garment: gold edging.) edging
    6) (the blank edge round a page of writing or print: Please write your comments in the margin.) margin
    7) (the edge of something: the lip of a cup.) lip
    8) ((usually in singular with the) the edge (of something): The shops are on the periphery of the housing estate.) periphery
    9) (an edge or border: the rim of a wheel; the rim of a cup.) rim
    10) (the (grass) edging of a garden bed, a road etc: It's illegal to drive on the grass verge.) verge
    * * *
    <-es, Ränder>
    [rant, pl ˈrɛndɐ]
    m
    1. (abfallendes Ende einer Fläche) edge
    2. (obere Begrenzungslinie) von Glas, Tasse rim; von Teller edge, side; von Wanne top, rim
    etw bis zum \Rand füllen to fill sth to the brim
    voll bis zum \Rand full to the brim, brimful
    3. (äußere Begrenzung) edge; von Straße, Weg side; von Wunde lip
    sie stand am \Rand der Klippe she stood on the edge of the cliff
    stell das Glas nicht so nah an den \Rand von dem Tisch don't put the glass so near the edge of the table
    du hast dir die Hose unten am [rechten/linken] \Rand schmutzig gemacht you've dirtied the bottom [of the right/left leg] of your trousers
    der \Rand des Abgrunds the brink of the precipice
    am \Rande der Gesellschaft on the fringes of society
    am \Rande der Stadt on the outskirts [or edge] of the town
    er wohnt in einem großen Haus am \Rande der Stadt he lives in a big house on [or at] the edge of the town
    am \Rand der Straße at the side of the road
    am \Rande des Waldes at the edge of the forest
    4. (Einfassung) border; einer Brille rim; eines Huts brim
    eine Brille mit silbernem \Rand spectacles with silver rims, silver-rimmed spectacles
    er schielte über die Ränder seiner Brille he peered over the top of his glasses
    die Decke hatte einen mit einer Borte verzierten \Rand the quilt was bordered by a braid trimming [or had a braid trimming border
    5. (Grenze)
    am \Rand[e] einer S. gen on the verge [or brink] of sth
    sich akk am \Rand[e] einer S. gen bewegen to border on sth
    am \Rande des Bankrotts sein to be on the verge of bankruptcy
    am \Rande eines Krieges on the brink of war
    jdn an den \Rand des Ruins/Wahnsinns bringen to bring sb to the verge [or brink] of ruin/madness
    am \Rand der Verzweiflung sein to be on the verge of despair
    6. (auf Papier) von Buch, Heft, Seite margin
    Trauerkarten haben einen schwarzen \Rand condolence cards have black edging [or a black border]
    etw an den \Rand schreiben to write sth in the margin
    7. (Schatten, Spur) mark
    ein [schmutziger] \Rand um die Badewanne a tidemark around [the rim of] the bath BRIT
    [dunkle/rote] Ränder um die Augen haben to have [dark/red] rings [a]round one's eyes
    vom Weinen hatte sie rote Ränder um die Augen the rims of her eyes were red with crying
    8.
    ▶ am \Rande in passing, by the way
    das habe ich am \Rande erwähnt I mentioned that in passing
    das interessiert mich nur am \Rande that's only of marginal interest to me
    das versteht sich am \Rande that goes without saying
    wir haben die Revolution nur am \Rande miterlebt we were only marginally involved in the revolution
    ▶ außer \Rand und Band geraten/sein (fam) to go/be wild
    sie waren außer \Rand und Band there was no holding them, they were going wild
    ▶ halt den \Rand! (sl) shut your mouth fam [or sl face] [or sl gob]
    ▶ [mit etw dat] zu \Rande kommen (fam) to cope [with sth]
    ich komme damit nicht zu \Rande I can't manage
    ▶ mit jdm zu \Rande kommen (fam) to get on with sb
    * * *
    der; Rand[e]s, Ränder
    1) edge; (Einfassung) border; (HutRand) brim; (BrillenRand, GefäßRand, KraterRand) rim; (eines Abgrunds) brink; (auf einem Schriftstück) margin; (WegRand) verge; (StadtRand) edge; outskirts pl.; (fig.)

    außer Rand und Band geraten/sein — (ugs.) go/be wild ( vor with); (rasen) go/be berserk ( vor with)

    mit etwas [nicht] zu Rande kommen — (ugs.) [not] be able to cope with something; s. auch Grab

    2) (SchmutzRand) mark; (rund) ring; (in der Wanne) tidemark (coll.)

    dunkle Ränder unter den Augen haben — have dark lines under one's eyes

    3)

    den Rand halten — (salopp) shut one's gob (sl.) or trap (sl.)

    * * *
    …rand m im subst
    1. (Teil):
    Außenrand outer edge, outer rim, perimeter;
    Innenrand inner edge;
    Kraterrand edge ( oder rim) of a ( oder the) crater;
    Ortsrand outskirts pl;
    Stoffrand selvedge
    2. (Streifen)
    Fettrand rim of fat;
    Kalkrand ring of limescale;
    Schmutzrand dirty ring; in der Badewanne: tide-mark, US ring;
    Schweißrand ring left by perspiration, perspiration mark
    * * *
    der; Rand[e]s, Ränder
    1) edge; (Einfassung) border; (HutRand) brim; (BrillenRand, GefäßRand, KraterRand) rim; (eines Abgrunds) brink; (auf einem Schriftstück) margin; (WegRand) verge; (StadtRand) edge; outskirts pl.; (fig.)

    außer Rand und Band geraten/sein — (ugs.) go/be wild ( vor with); (rasen) go/be berserk ( vor with)

    mit etwas [nicht] zu Rande kommen — (ugs.) [not] be able to cope with something; s. auch Grab

    2) (SchmutzRand) mark; (rund) ring; (in der Wanne) tidemark (coll.)
    3)

    den Rand halten — (salopp) shut one's gob (sl.) or trap (sl.)

    * * *
    ¨-er (Mathematik) m.
    boundary n. ¨-er m.
    border n.
    brim n.
    brink n.
    edge n.
    fringe n.
    lip n.
    margin n.
    rim n.
    side n.
    verge n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > rand

  • 11 lado

    m.
    1 side (coin).
    el cine está a este lado de la calle the cinema is on this side of the street
    la casa de al lado the house next door
    al otro lado de la calle/frontera, across the street/border
    en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom
    a ambos lados on both sides
    de lado tilted, at an angle (torcido)
    mételo de lado put it in sideways
    dormir de lado to sleep on one's side
    viento de lado crosswind
    atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross something from one side to the other
    echarse o hacerse a un lado to move aside
    por un lado on the one hand
    por otro lado on the other hand
    2 place (place).
    debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else
    de un lado para o a otro to and fro
    por todos lados everywhere, all around
    iremos cada uno por nuestro lado we will go our separate ways
    3 side (faction).
    y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?
    ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side
    4 latus, flank, regio lateralis.
    * * *
    1 (gen) side
    \
    al lado de alguien next to somebody
    al lado de algo beside something
    dar de lado a alguien to ignore somebody
    de medio lado tilted, on the tilt
    de un lado para otro about, all over the place, to and fro, backwards and forwards
    dejar a alguien de lado to leave somebody out
    dejar algo a un lado to leave something aside
    dejar algo de lado to leave something aside
    estar al lado (muy cerca) to be very near
    hacerse a un lado to get out of the way
    poner a un lado to set aside
    poner algo de lado to put something sideways
    por un lado... por otro... on the one hand... on the other hand...
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=lateral) side

    lado derecho — right side, right-hand side

    lado izquierdo — left side, left-hand side

    al otro lado de la calle — on the other side of the street, across the street

    a un lado y a otro — on all sides, all around

    • de lado — sideways

    • echarse o hacerse a un lado — [persona] to move to one side, step aside; [vehículo] to swerve out of the way

    • por su lado, se fue cada uno por su lado — they went their separate ways

    - mirar a algn de medio lado
    2) (=aspecto) side

    • por un lado..., por otro lado... — on the one hand..., on the other hand...

    por ese lado, creo que está bien — in that respect, I think it's all right

    3) (=lugar)

    • ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

    • otro lado, tiene que estar en otro lado — it must be somewhere else

    ir de un lado a otro — to go to and fro, walk up and down

    estuvo de un lado para otro toda la mañana — she was up and down all morning, she was running around all morning

    • por todos lados, me lo encuentro por todos lados — I bump into him everywhere I go

    rodeado de agua por todos lados — surrounded by water on all sides, completely surrounded by water

    4) [indicando proximidad]

    • estar al lado — to be near

    el cine está aquí al lado — the cinema is just round the corner, the cinema is very near

    • al lado de, la silla que está al lado del armario — the chair beside the wardrobe

    al lado de aquello, esto no es nada — compared to that, this is nothing

    al lado de ella, tú pareces una belleza — compared to her, you seem really beautiful

    • a mi/tu lado, Felipe se sentó a mi lado — Felipe sat beside me

    5) (=bando) (Mil) flank; (Pol) faction

    yo estoy de su lado — I'm on his side, I'm with him

    6) (Mat) side
    7) (Dep) end
    8) † (=favor) favour, protection
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte lateral) side

    a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

    ¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

    cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

    b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side
    c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side
    2) (aspecto, ángulo) side
    3)
    a) ( bando) side

    ¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

    b) ( rama familiar) side
    4) (sitio, lugar)

    miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

    al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

    * * *
    = part, quarter, side.
    Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.
    Ex. A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.
    Ex. The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.
    ----
    * a ambos lados de = on either side of.
    * a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.
    * a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.
    * adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.
    * al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.
    * al otro lado de = across.
    * al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.
    * al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.
    * al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del charco = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.
    * al otro lado del océano = across the pond.
    * ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.
    * apartarse a un lado = pull over.
    * a todos lados = far and wide.
    * a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * continuar al lado de = stand by.
    * con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.
    * dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.
    * dejando a un lado = apart from.
    * dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.
    * dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.
    * dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].
    * del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.
    * denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * de todos lados = from far and wide.
    * de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.
    * de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.
    * echar a un lado = push aside.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en todos lados = far and wide.
    * estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.
    * extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.
    * juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.
    * juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.
    * lado del camino = wayside.
    * lado derecho = right-hand side.
    * lado derecho, el = right side, the.
    * lado exterior, el = far side, the.
    * lado externo, el = far side, the.
    * lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.
    * lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.
    * llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.
    * pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pero por otro lado = but then again.
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.
    * por otro lados = on other matters.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.
    * viento de lado = crosswind.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( parte lateral) side

    a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

    ¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

    cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

    b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side
    c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side
    2) (aspecto, ángulo) side
    3)
    a) ( bando) side

    ¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

    b) ( rama familiar) side
    4) (sitio, lugar)

    miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

    al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

    * * *
    = part, quarter, side.

    Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

    Ex: A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.
    Ex: The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.
    * a ambos lados de = on either side of.
    * a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.
    * a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.
    * adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.
    * al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.
    * al otro lado de = across.
    * al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.
    * al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.
    * al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del charco = across the pond.
    * al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.
    * al otro lado del océano = across the pond.
    * ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.
    * apartarse a un lado = pull over.
    * a todos lados = far and wide.
    * a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * continuar al lado de = stand by.
    * con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.
    * dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.
    * dejando a un lado = apart from.
    * dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.
    * dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.
    * dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].
    * del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.
    * denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * de todos lados = from far and wide.
    * de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.
    * de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.
    * echar a un lado = push aside.
    * el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.
    * en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.
    * en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.
    * en todos lados = far and wide.
    * estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.
    * extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.
    * hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.
    * juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.
    * juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.
    * lado del camino = wayside.
    * lado derecho = right-hand side.
    * lado derecho, el = right side, the.
    * lado exterior, el = far side, the.
    * lado externo, el = far side, the.
    * lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.
    * lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.
    * llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.
    * lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.
    * mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.
    * pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pero por otro lado = but then again.
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.
    * por otro lados = on other matters.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.
    * viento de lado = crosswind.

    * * *
    A
    está en el lado derecho it is on the right side o the righthand side
    a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river
    ¿de qué lado de la calle está su casa? which side of the street is your house on?
    se hizo a un lado para dejarlo pasar she stood aside o moved to one side to let him pass
    tuvo que echarse a un lado para evitar la colisión he had to swerve to avoid a collision
    pon estas fichas a un lado set these pieces aside, put these counters to one side ( BrE)
    cambiar de lado ( Dep) to change sides ( AmE) o ( BrE) ends
    2 (de un papel, una moneda, una tela) side
    escribe sólo por un lado del folio write on o use one side of the paper only
    4 ( Econ):
    el lado de la demanda/de la oferta the demand/supply side
    Compuesto:
    blind side
    B (aspecto, ángulo) side
    hay que ver el lado positivo de las cosas you have to look on the bright side of things
    todas las cosas tienen su lado bueno y su lado malo there's a good side and a bad side to everything
    Luisa tiene su lado bueno Luisa has her good points
    por ese lado te conviene aceptar from that point of view it's to your advantage to accept
    C
    1 (bando) side
    ¿tú de qué lado estás, del suyo o del nuestro? whose side are you on? theirs or ours?
    igualar a dos goles por lado they drew/tied two goals each
    por el lado materno/paterno on the maternal/paternal side
    por el lado de mi madre/padre on my mother's/father's side (of the family)
    D
    (sitio, lugar): he mirado en or por todos lados y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere and I can't find it
    ponlo por ahí en cualquier lado put it over there somewhere o ( AmE) someplace
    ¿por qué no vamos por otro lado? why don't we go a different way?
    va a todos lados en taxi she goes everywhere by taxi
    me he pasado toda la mañana de un lado para otro I've been running around all morning
    vas a tener que intentarlo por otro lado you're going to have to try some other way
    E ( en locs):
    al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door
    nuestros vecinos de al lado our next-door neighbors
    el colegio nos queda aquí al lado the school's very near here o ( colloq) is right on the doorstep
    al lado de algn/algo (contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth; (en comparación con) compared to sb/sth
    se sentó al lado de su padre she sat down next to o beside her father
    ponte aquí a mi lado sit here next to o beside me
    al lado de él or ( crit) al lado suyo hasta yo parezco inteligente compared to him even I seem intelligent
    a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him
    todas las cosas que he aprendido a su lado everything I've learned from (being with) her
    viven al lado de mi casa they live next door to me
    me queda al lado del trabajo it's right by o very near where I work
    eso no es nada al lado de lo que él tiene that's nothing compared to o with what he has
    de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me
    de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;
    ‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side
    ponlo de lado a ver si cabe turn it sideways, maybe it'll fit that way
    de medio lado at an angle
    llevaba el sombrero de medio lado he wore his hat at an angle
    por otro lado (en cambio) on the other hand; (además) apart from anything else
    por otro lado, estas cifras tampoco son muy significativas there again o however o on the other hand, these figures are not very significant
    por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …
    por otro lado yo ni siquiera lo conozco apart from anything else I don't even know him
    dejar algo de ladoor a un lado to leave sth aside o to one side
    dejar or ( Esp) dar a algn de ladoor a un lado: últimamente lo están dejando de lado en la oficina lately they've been leaving him out of things in the office
    sus amigos la están dejando a un lado her friends have been giving her the cold shoulder
    estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam); to be over the worst, be laughing ( colloq)
    ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there
    se pelearon y cada uno se fue por su lado they had an argument and went their separate ways
    aunque viven juntos, luego cada uno va por su lado although they live together, they all lead their own separate lives o ( colloq) they all do their own thing
    mirarle a algn de lado ( fam); to look down on sb
    por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it
    saber de qué lado sopla el viento to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies
    * * *

     

    lado sustantivo masculino
    1


    a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river;
    hacerse a un lado to move to one side;
    echarse a un lado [ coche] to swerve;

    [ persona] to move over;

    ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;
    cambiar de lado (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends;
    ver el lado positivo de las cosas to look on the bright side of things;
    por el lado de mi padre on my father's side (of the family)
    b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

    2 (sitio, lugar):
    ◊ a/en/por todos lados everywhere;

    en algún lado somewhere;
    en cualquier lado anywhere;
    ir de un lado para otro to run around
    3 ( en locs)
    ◊ al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door;

    los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors;
    al lado de algn/algo ( contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth;

    ( en comparación con) compared to sb/sth;
    ◊ de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;


    ‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side;
    ◊ de lado a lado ‹extenderse/cruzar› from one side to the other;

    por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand;

    ( además) apart from anything else;
    ◊ por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …;

    dejar algo de lado to leave sth aside o to one side;
    ir cada uno por su lado: cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways
    lado sustantivo masculino
    1 side: a este lado del río, on this side of the river
    a un lado, aside
    2 (lugar) place: idos a otro lado, go somewhere else
    3 (camino, dirección) direction, way: nos fuimos por otro lado, we went another way
    4 (aspecto) side: tiene un lado salvaje, he has a wild side
    por un lado..., por otro lado..., on the one hand..., on the other (hand)...
    ♦ Locuciones: al lado, close by, nearby: mi casa está ahí al lado, my house is just over there
    al lado de, next to, beside: al lado de ella, tú eres un genio, compared with her, you are a genius
    dar de lado a alguien, to cold-shoulder sb
    de (medio) lado, sideways: saludó friamente y miró de medio lado, he said hello coldly and then looked away
    ' lado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - aparte
    - banda
    - chalet
    - collado
    - cuestión
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - emplazar
    - estar
    - ir
    - izquierda
    - izquierdo
    - justa
    - justo
    - ladearse
    - mano
    - moribunda
    - moribundo
    - parte
    - sacudir
    - siniestra
    - siniestro
    - apartar
    - colgar
    - colocar
    - contramano
    - contrapeso
    - contrario
    - cruzar
    - cualquiera
    - dejar
    - dormir
    - echar
    - enfrente
    - explanada
    - hacer
    - inclinar
    - llegar
    - ninguno
    - ocupar
    - opuesto
    - orillar
    - otro
    - paralizar
    - pasar
    - robar
    - través
    English:
    about
    - across
    - alongside
    - arrogant
    - aside
    - astir
    - beside
    - breadth
    - bright
    - bring out
    - brush aside
    - bury
    - by
    - crack
    - cross
    - dash
    - directly
    - disturbing
    - downside
    - dwarf
    - either
    - embankment
    - flank
    - flip side
    - graph paper
    - graze
    - hand
    - lay aside
    - lay down
    - move along
    - move over
    - nearside
    - next
    - next door
    - noplace
    - off
    - offside
    - out
    - outside
    - over
    - pace
    - part
    - past
    - pull over
    - push aside
    - put aside
    - right
    - right-hand
    - set aside
    - side
    * * *
    lado nm
    1. [costado, cara, parte lateral] side;
    me duele el lado izquierdo my left side is hurting;
    el supermercado está a este lado de la calle the supermarket is on this side of the street;
    el lado más áspero de la tela the rougher side of the cloth;
    un polígono con cuatro lados a four-sided o quadrilateral polygon;
    este cuadro se puede colgar en el lado de la chimenea we can hang this painting on the wall behind the fireplace;
    a ambos lados on both sides;
    al lado [cerca] nearby;
    yo vivo aquí al lado I live just round the corner from here;
    al lado de [junto a] beside, next to;
    [comparado con] compared to;
    la zapatería está al lado de la joyería the shoe shop is next to the jeweller's;
    Juan, al lado de su hermano, es muy alto Juan is very tall compared to his brother;
    al otro lado de on the other side of;
    la mesa de al lado the next table;
    la casa de al lado the house next door;
    los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbours;
    no te vayas de su lado do not leave her side;
    en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom;
    de lado [torcido] at an angle;
    el cuadro está de lado the painting isn't straight;
    mételo de lado put it in sideways;
    dormir de lado to sleep on one's side;
    el viento sopla de lado there's a crosswind;
    atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross sth from one side to the other;
    echarse o [m5] hacerse a un lado to move aside;
    poner algo a un lado to put sth aside o to one side
    2. [lugar] place;
    por este lado no oímos nada we can't hear anything over here;
    debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else;
    columpiarse de un lado para o [m5] a otro to swing to and fro;
    estuve todo el día corriendo de un lado para otro I've been running around all day;
    hacerle un lado a alguien to make room for sb;
    iremos cada uno por nuestro lado y nos reuniremos en el hotel we will go our separate ways and meet up later at the hotel;
    si cada cual va por su lado, nunca sacaremos este proyecto adelante if everyone does their own thing, we'll never make a success of this project;
    por todos lados everywhere, all around;
    por todos lados se ven anuncios de este nuevo refresco there are adverts for this new drink everywhere
    3. [bando] side;
    y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;
    estoy de su lado I'm on her side;
    ponerse del lado de alguien to take sb's side
    4. [línea de parentesco] side;
    por el lado paterno on my/his/her/ etc father's side
    5. [aspecto] side;
    siempre ve el lado negativo de las cosas she always sees the negative side of things;
    la entrevista se centra en el lado humano del campeón the interview focuses on the human side of the champion;
    por un lado [en primer lugar] on the one hand;
    [en cierto modo] in one sense;
    por otro lado, Am [m5] de otro lado [en segundo lugar] on the other hand;
    [además] in any case
    6. Comp
    dar de lado a alguien, Méx, RP [m5] dar a alguien por su lado to cold-shoulder sb;
    dejar algo de lado o [m5] a un lado [prescindir] to leave sth to one side;
    Méx, RP Fam
    estar del otro lado to be over the worst;
    mirar de lado a alguien [despreciar] to look askance at sb;
    RP, Ven Fam
    pasar al otro lado to kick the bucket, to snuff it;
    RP, Ven Fam CSur Fam
    ser o [m5] patear para el otro lado to be one of them, to be queer
    * * *
    m side; ( lugar) place;
    al lado nearby;
    al lado de beside, next to;
    al otro lado de on the other side of;
    de lado sideways;
    por todos lados everywhere;
    ir por otro lado go another way;
    mirar a otro lado look the other way;
    por un lado … por otro lado on the one hand … on the other hand;
    dejar a un lado leave aside;
    dar a alguien de lado leave s.o. out;
    estar del lado de alguien be on s.o.’s side;
    ponerse del lado de alguien take s.o.’s side;
    cada uno va por su lado everyone goes their own way;
    mirar a alguien de (medio) lado look sideways at s.o.;
    por el lado de mi padre on my father’s side
    * * *
    lado nm
    1) : side
    2) parte: place
    miró por todos lados: he looked everywhere
    3)
    al lado de : next to, beside
    4)
    de lado : tilted, sideways
    está de lado: it's lying on its side
    5)
    hacerse a un lado : to step aside
    6)
    lado a lado : side by side
    7)
    por otro lado : on the other hand
    * * *
    lado n
    1. (en general) side
    2. (lugar) somewhere / nowhere / anywhere / everywhere
    por un lado... on the one hand...
    por otro lado... on the other hand...

    Spanish-English dictionary > lado

  • 12 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 13 acostarse

    pron.v.
    1 to incline to one side; to lie down.
    2 to approach.
    3 to stand inshore. (Nautical)
    4 to lie along; to have a list. (Nautical)
    * * *
    1 (estirarse) to lie down
    2 (irse a dormir) to go to bed
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    VPR
    1) (=tumbarse) to lie down; (=ir a dormir) to go to bed; LAm (=dar a luz) to give birth
    2) (=inclinarse) to lean, bend
    * * *
    (v.) = go to + bed, retire + at night, bed down, lie down, bunk down
    Ex. Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.
    Ex. Modern man is beset by many types of noise each day from the time he wakes until he retires at night.
    Ex. Wild pigs and deer bed down on the hilltop, so ascend quietly and you might catch them napping.
    Ex. They stopped or lay down or wallowed frequently just before the crossing point on the river.
    Ex. The main focus of the camp is to allow dogs to socialize, exercise and have a comfy place to bunk down at night.
    * * *
    (v.) = go to + bed, retire + at night, bed down, lie down, bunk down

    Ex: Meanwhile the journeymen, who had just gone to bed, hearing the row quickly got up again, came downstairs and then shoved me out of the door.

    Ex: Modern man is beset by many types of noise each day from the time he wakes until he retires at night.
    Ex: Wild pigs and deer bed down on the hilltop, so ascend quietly and you might catch them napping.
    Ex: They stopped or lay down or wallowed frequently just before the crossing point on the river.
    Ex: The main focus of the camp is to allow dogs to socialize, exercise and have a comfy place to bunk down at night.

    * * *

     

    ■acostarse verbo reflexivo
    1 to go to bed
    2 fam (con otra persona) to sleep, to go to bed [con, with]
    ' acostarse' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    echarse
    - tarde
    - tumbarse
    - acostar
    - echar
    - recostar
    - seguro
    - trasnochar
    English:
    bed
    - bedtime
    - before
    - lie
    - lie down
    - nightcap
    - retire
    - sack
    - sit up
    - sleep around
    - sleep together
    - sleep with
    - stay up
    - turn in
    - wait up
    - way
    - early
    - late
    - night
    - sleep
    - turn
    * * *
    vpr
    1. [irse a la cama] to go to bed;
    suele acostarse tarde he usually goes to bed late
    2. [tumbarse] to lie down (en on);
    3. Fam [tener relaciones sexuales]
    acostarse con alguien to sleep with sb;
    acostarse juntos to sleep together
    * * *
    v/r
    1 go to bed; ( tumbarse) lie down;
    acostarse con las gallinas go to bed very early
    2
    :
    acostarse con alguien go to bed with s.o., sleep with s.o.
    * * *
    vr
    1) : to lie down
    2) : to go to bed
    * * *
    1. (irse a la cama) to go to bed
    2. (tumbarse) to lie down [pt. lay; pp. lain]

    Spanish-English dictionary > acostarse

  • 14 cana

    adj.&f.
    feminine of CANO.
    f.
    1 gray hair.
    peinar canas (informal) to be getting on, to be old
    2 nick (British), joint (United States) (informal) (cárcel). (Andean Spanish (Bolivia, Chilean Spanish, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru), Cuban Spanish, River Plate)
    3 single white hair, gray hair, white hair.
    4 jail, prison, jailhouse, hock.
    5 policeman, pig, undercover cop.
    * * *
    1 grey hair, white hair
    ■ me están saliendo canas I'm starting to go grey, I've got some grey hairs
    \
    echar una cana/canita al aire familiar to let one's hair down
    peinar canas familiar to be getting on, be getting old
    * * *
    f., (m. - cano)
    * * *
    I
    SF (tb: canas) white o grey o (EEUU) gray hair
    II LAm *
    1. SF
    1) (=cárcel) jail; (=celda) prison cell
    2) (=policía) police
    2.
    SM (=policía) policeman
    * * *
    1) ( pelo) gray* hair, white hair

    sacarle canas verdes a alguien — to drive somebody to an early grave

    2) (AmS arg) ( cárcel) slammer (sl), nick (BrE colloq)
    3)
    a) (RPl arg) ( cuerpo de policía)

    la cana — the cops (pl) (colloq)

    b) (RPl arg) cana masculino y femenino ( agente) cop (colloq)
    * * *
    = grey hair [gray hair].
    Ex. The typical librarian was described as a female with grey hair in a bun constantly silence with a grim and unhappy face.
    ----
    * echarse una cana al aire = have + a fling.
    * echar una cana al aire = one-night stand, kick up + Posesivo + heels.
    * echar una cana al aire antes de sentar la cabeza = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * echar una cana al aire cuando joven = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * * *
    1) ( pelo) gray* hair, white hair

    sacarle canas verdes a alguien — to drive somebody to an early grave

    2) (AmS arg) ( cárcel) slammer (sl), nick (BrE colloq)
    3)
    a) (RPl arg) ( cuerpo de policía)

    la cana — the cops (pl) (colloq)

    b) (RPl arg) cana masculino y femenino ( agente) cop (colloq)
    * * *
    = grey hair [gray hair].

    Ex: The typical librarian was described as a female with grey hair in a bun constantly silence with a grim and unhappy face.

    * echarse una cana al aire = have + a fling.
    * echar una cana al aire = one-night stand, kick up + Posesivo + heels.
    * echar una cana al aire antes de sentar la cabeza = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.
    * echar una cana al aire cuando joven = sow + Posesivo + wild oats.

    * * *
    A (pelo) gray* hair, white hair
    ya tiene canas she already has gray hairs o gray hair, she is already beginning to go gray
    cargar canas ( Chi): más respeto con él que carga canas show some respect for your elders
    echar una cana al aire to let one's hair down
    peinar canas ( fam); to be getting on ( colloq)
    respetar las canas to have respect for one's elders
    sacarle canas verdes a algn to drive sb to an early grave
    B ( AmS arg) (cárcel) slammer (sl), nick ( BrE colloq)
    C
    1
    ( RPl arg) (cuerpo de policía): la cana the cops (pl) ( colloq), the pigs (pl) ( arg pej)
    2
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    cana    
    caña
    cana 1 sustantivo femenino
    1 ( pelo) gray( conjugate gray) hair, white hair;
    ◊ echar una caña al aire to let one's hair down;


    (colloq)
    2 (AmS arg) ( cárcel) slammer (sl), nick (BrE colloq)
    3 (RPl arg) ( cuerpo de policía):
    ◊ la caña the cops (pl) (colloq)

    cana 2 sustantivo masculino y femenino (RPl arg) ( agente) cop (colloq)
    caña sustantivo femenino
    a) ( planta) reed

    b) (tallo del bambú, azúcar) cane;


    caña de azúcar sugar cane



    cano,-a adjetivo (blanco) white
    (gris) grey
    cana sustantivo femenino (gris) grey hair
    (blanco) white hair: tengo muchas canas, I have a lot of grey hairs
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar echar una cana al aire, to let one's hair down
    peinar canas, to have grey hair
    caña sustantivo femenino
    1 (para pescar) rod
    2 Bot reed
    (tallo) cane, stem: una silla de caña, a cane chair
    caña de azúcar, sugar cane
    3 fam (vaso de cerveza) glass of draught, US draft beer
    4 (hueso largo) long bone
    un hueso de caña, a long bone
    5 (de unas botas) leg
    unas botas de caña, log boots
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar darle caña a alguien, to have a go at somebody
    meterle caña al coche, to go at full speed o to thrash a car
    ' caña' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cana
    - flotador
    - obtenerse
    - bota
    - carrete
    - pesca
    - salir
    English:
    angler
    - angling
    - cane
    - cane sugar
    - fishing rod
    - hair
    - pint
    - reed
    - rod
    - sugar cane
    - sugar plantation
    - town
    - cop
    - fishing
    - gray
    - straw
    - sugar
    - tiller
    * * *
    Cana;
    las bodas de Caná the wedding feast at Cana
    * * *
    f
    1 ( pelo gris) gray o Br
    grey hair; ( pelo blanco) white hair;
    echar una cana al aire fam let one’s hair down fam ;
    peinar canas be getting on, be getting old
    2 Cu, Rpl fam ( cárcel) can fam
    :
    la cana the cops fam
    pl
    * * *
    cana nf
    1) : gray hair
    2)
    salirle canas : to go gray, to get gray hair
    3)
    echar una cana al aire : to let one's hair down
    * * *
    cana n grey hair

    Spanish-English dictionary > cana

  • 15 espárrago

    m.
    asparagus, sparrowgrass.
    * * *
    1 asparagus
    \
    ¡vete a freír espárragos! familiar get lost!
    espárrago triguero wild asparagus
    * * *
    * * *
    masculino asparagus

    estar hecho un espárrago — (fam) to be thin as a rail (AmE) o (BrE) rake (colloq)

    mandar a alguien a freír espárragos — (fam) to tell somebody to get lost (colloq)

    * * *
    = asparagus, asparagus spear.
    Ex. Full-flavoured, deliciously sweet and tender, British asparagus is regularly described as the 'best in the world'.
    Ex. As asparagus spears age after harvest, shoot fibers can lignify and toughen.
    ----
    * ¡a freír espárragos! = on your bike!.
    * escarabajo del espárrago = asparagus beetle.
    * mandar a freír espárragos = send + Nombre + packing.
    * punta de espárrago = asparagus tip.
    * tallo de espárrago = spear of asparagus, asparagus spear.
    * * *
    masculino asparagus

    estar hecho un espárrago — (fam) to be thin as a rail (AmE) o (BrE) rake (colloq)

    mandar a alguien a freír espárragos — (fam) to tell somebody to get lost (colloq)

    * * *
    = asparagus, asparagus spear.

    Ex: Full-flavoured, deliciously sweet and tender, British asparagus is regularly described as the 'best in the world'.

    Ex: As asparagus spears age after harvest, shoot fibers can lignify and toughen.
    * ¡a freír espárragos! = on your bike!.
    * escarabajo del espárrago = asparagus beetle.
    * mandar a freír espárragos = send + Nombre + packing.
    * punta de espárrago = asparagus tip.
    * tallo de espárrago = spear of asparagus, asparagus spear.

    * * *
    asparagus
    puntas de espárrago asparagus tips
    estar hecho un espárrago ( fam); to be thin as a rail ( AmE) o ( BrE) rake ( colloq)
    mandar a algn a freír espárragos ( fam); to tell sb to get lost ( colloq), to tell sb where to go ( colloq)
    ¡que se vayan a freír espárragos! they know where they can go! ( colloq), they can get lost! ( colloq)
    Compuesto:
    wild asparagus
    * * *

    espárrago sustantivo masculino
    asparagus;
    ◊ mandar a algn a freír espárragos (fam) to tell sb to get lost (colloq)

    espárrago m Bot asparagus ♦ LOC familiar: mandar a freír espárragos, to tell sb to go fly a kite o to tell sb to go jump in the river

    ' espárrago' also found in these entries:
    English:
    asparagus
    * * *
    stalk of asparagus;
    espárragos asparagus;
    Fam
    estar como o [m5] hecho un espárrago to be a beanpole;
    Fam
    irse a freír espárragos: ¡vete a freír espárragos! get lost!;
    me mandó a freír espárragos he told me to get lost, he told me where to go
    espárragos trigueros wild asparagus
    * * *
    m BOT asparagus;
    ¡vete a freír espárragos! fam get lost! fam
    * * *
    : asparagus
    * * *
    espárrago n asparagus

    Spanish-English dictionary > espárrago

  • 16 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 17 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 18 richiamo

    richiamo s.m.
    1 recall, call: richiamo alle armi, recall to arms; richiamo all'ordine, call to order; richiamo di dati, data retrieval
    2 (med.) richiamo ( di vaccinazione), booster
    3 ( appello) call; cry: non ho sentito il tuo richiamo, I didn't hear your call; ho sentito un richiamo disperato, I heard a despairing cry; mi fece un gesto di richiamo, he beckoned to me
    4 ( attrazione) attraction, call, appeal: le insegne luminose sono un richiamo per i clienti, the lights are an attraction for customers; il richiamo della foresta, del mare, the call of the wild, of the sea
    5 ( riferimento) reference: (amm.) fare richiamo alle norme vigenti, to refer to the regulations in force // (tip.) segno di richiamo, cross-reference mark
    6 ( geomorfologia) (river) capture.
    * * *
    [ri'kjamo]
    sostantivo maschile

    accorrere ai -i di qcn. — to answer sb.'s cries for help

    2) (verso di uccelli) call note, cry
    3) mil. (alle armi) call-up
    4) (fascino) appeal, call, allure, lure
    5) (rimprovero) admonition, warning
    6) med. (di vaccinazione) booster
    7) venat. lure
    8) (rimando) reference; (in libro, dizionario) cross-reference
    * * *
    richiamo
    /ri'kjamo/
    sostantivo m.
     1 (per attirare l'attenzione) call, cry; accorrere ai -i di qcn. to answer sb.'s cries for help
     2 (verso di uccelli) call note, cry
     3 mil. (alle armi) call-up
     4 (fascino) appeal, call, allure, lure; esercitare un grande richiamo to have wide appeal; un evento di grande richiamo a crowd-pulling event; il richiamo della foresta the call of the forest o wild
     5 (rimprovero) admonition, warning; richiamo all'ordine call to order
     6 med. (di vaccinazione) booster
     7 venat. lure; (uccello da) richiamo decoy
     8 (rimando) reference; (in libro, dizionario) cross-reference.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > richiamo

  • 19 غير

    غَيْر \ another: a different one: We’ll go there another time. If this hat does not fit, try another. besides: as well as: I have two brothers besides John.. other: (in comparisons) different: He likes French cigarettes and won’t smoke any other kind. This side is dry; the other side is wet. I can’t do it now; I have other things to do. short of: less than; other than: Nothing short of a new government will save the country. un-: giving an opposite sense: ‘Unlikely’ means ‘not likely’. \ See Also آخر (آخَر)‏ \ غَيْرُ أَجْوَف \ solid: not hollow: without holes: a solid rubber ball. \ See Also صلب (صُلْب)‏ \ غَيْرُ أَكيد \ faint: (of thoughts and feelings) weak; uncertain: I haven’t the faintest idea where she is. uncertain: not certain doubtful; undecided; changeable: I’m uncertain what time he’s coming. Our holiday plans are still uncertain, we haven’t decided where to go. The weather is uncertain - it may rain soon. \ See Also ضعيف (ضَعِيف)، غير مؤكّد \ غَيْرُ أمْلَس \ rough: not smooth: a rough road; a rough surface. \ غَيْرُ آمن \ insecure: not safe; not supported or able to support other things: Be careful of that door - the lock is very insecure. \ غَيْرُ أُمِّيّ \ literate: able to read and write. \ غَيْرَ أنَّ \ but: yet: He came but she did not. I need food but I have no money to buy any. She is thin but strong. only: but: She wanted to buy it, only she had no money. \ غَيْرُ أهل للثّقة \ suspect: not trustworthy; possibly the cause of trouble: a rather suspect character. \ غَيْرُ بالِغ \ immature: not fully formed or developed. \ غَيْرُ بهيج \ dull: (of weather or colour) not clean or bright; cloudy: a dull day; a dull blue. \ غَيْرُ جاهز للعَمَل \ out of training: not in good condition. \ غَيْرُ جَمِيل \ plain: (of people) not good-looking: He was a nice boy, but rather plain and not very clever. \ غَيْرُ جَمِيل \ homely: (of people, faces, etc.) not goodlooking. \ See Also جذاب (جذّاب)‏ \ غَيْرُ حادّ \ dull: (of the senses) not sharp: a dull pain. \ غَيْرُ حَذِر \ unwary: (esp. as a noun with the) careless; not looking out for danger or deceit: ‘Easy’ questions in an exam are often a trap for the unwary (or for unwary people). \ غَيْرُ حقيقي \ unreal: imaginary; not related to facts. \ غَيْرُ دقيق \ rough: not carefully made; not properly finished; not exact: a rough drawing; a rough guess. \ غَيْرُ ذلك \ else: other (together with the first one); besides: Who else came? Did you look anywhere else, or only under the bed?, other (instead of the first one); instead Let’s talk about something else. Peter was ill, so someone else came. If there’s no coffee, what else can I drink?. otherwise: differently: I thought it was true, but they thought otherwise. \ غَيْرُ رَسْمِيّ \ informal: without ceremony or special dress: The prince paid an informal visit to the town. private: not official; not concerning one’s work; concerning one’s home and family: In his private life, the actor is rather quiet, although in the play he is loud and angry. \ غَيْرُ سَارّ \ bad, worse, worst: (of news, weather, etc.) unpleasant. \ غَيْرُ سالِك \ impassable: (of roads) unfit for use; blocked (by snow, mud, etc.). \ غَيْرُ سَكران \ sober: not under the control of alcohol; not drunk: A car driver ought to be sober. \ غَيْرُ سليمة \ broken, break: (of language) incorrectly spoken by a foreigner: broken English. \ غَيْرُ شَرْعِيّ \ illegal: against the law: A crime is an illegal act. illegitimate: (of a child) born to a mother who is not married. \ غَيْرُ شريف \ crooked: dishonest. \ غَيْرُ شَفّاف \ opaque: not allowing light to pass through it: opaque glass. \ غَيْرُ صافٍ \ gross: (of figures or amounts) whole, before subtracting anything; the opposite of net: Your gross pay is the amount before tax is paid. \ غَيْرُ صَالِح للاستعمال \ out of order: not working: I couldn’t ring you up yesterday because our telephone was out of order. \ غَيْرُ صالح للأَكل \ inedible: not fit to eat. \ غَيْرُ صَالِح لِلْعَمَل \ out of action: not working; out of order: This telephone is out of action. \ غَيْرُ صِحّي \ insanitary: so dirty that health is put at risk: an insanitary kitchen. \ غَيْرُ صحيح \ false: wrong; incorrect: a false idea. \ غَيْرُ صَحيح \ unsound: not in good condition, not satisfactory: unsound teeth; an unsound explanation. \ See Also سَليم \ غَيْرُ ضَارّ \ harmless: causing no harm; gentle: A lamb is a harmless creature. Is this insect poison harmless to people?. \ غَيْرُ ضروريّ \ needless: useless; unnecessary (trouble, expense etc.). \ غَيْرُ طاهر \ impure: not pure. \ غَيْرُ طَبيعِيّ \ artificial: adj. (of teeth, light, silk, etc.) not natural; made by man. False: not natural: false teeth. weird: very strange. \ غَيْرُ عَادِيّ \ abnormal: different from what is natural or usual: It is abnormal to have only 3 fingers on one hand. exceptional: unusual: That book is an exeptional one. It was an exceptionally hot summer. peculiar: unusual strange. remarkable: surprising; unusual and worth noticing: a remarkable change; a remarkably goodlooking child. unusual: not usual; strange. \ غَيْرُ عالِم بِـ \ ignorant of: not having heard about (a particular thing): I was ignorant of his plans. \ غَيْرُ عَمَليّ \ theoretical: adj. of theories; not learned from experience; supposed; not proved: I have only a theoretical knowledge of cooking from reading cookery books. \ غَيْرُ فَعّال \ inefficient: not working well; wasting time or power: Old machines are often inefficient. He is an inefficient clerk. \ غَيْرُ قابل للتصديق (غير معقول)‏ \ incredible: too strange to be believed; unbelievable: an incredible story. \ غَيْرُ قادِر \ incapable: not able to do sth.; not having the power or nature to do sth.: flowers are incapable of growing without light. She is incapable of being unkind to people. \ غَيْرُ قادِر على الحركة \ numb: having no feeling: My fingers were numb with cold. \ غَيْرُ قانونيّ \ illegal: against the law: A crime is an illegal act. wrongful: unjust; unlawful: wrongful imprisonment. \ غَيْرُ كافٍ \ insufficient: not enough (in power, ability, etc.): insufficient knowledge; insufficient food. lacking: missing: The bread was enough but the butter was lacking. scanty: (of a supply, of clothing, etc.) very small; not enough: He was too scantily dressed to keep warm. \ غَيْرُ كامِل \ incomplete: not complete; not perfect: This piece of work is incomplete - please finish it. His explanation is incomplete - it doesn’t explain all the facts. \ غَيْرُ كَثِيف \ sparse: thinly scattered: sparse hair; sparse grass. \ غَيْرُ كُفْء \ inefficient: not working well; wasting time or power: Old machines are often inefficient. He is an inefficient clerk. \ غَيْرُ لائق \ beneath sb.’s dignity: unsuitable for sb. to do: It was beneath the teacher’s dignity to sweep the classroom. improper: not proper; unsuitable; not polite: improper behaviour. \ غَيْرُ لَبِق \ awkward: (of manner or movement) showing difficulty; not skilful: He is too awkward on his feet to be a dancer. tactless: showing no understanding or skill in dealing with others: a tactless person; a tactless statement. \ غَيْرُ مُؤَدَّب \ impolite: not polite; rude. \ غَيْرُ مُؤذٍ \ innocent: harmless: innocent amusements. \ غَيْرُ مؤكَّد \ uncertain: not certain; doubtful; undecided; changeable: I’m uncertain what time he’s coming. Our holiday plans are still uncertain, we haven’t decided where to go. The weather is uncertain - it may rain soon. \ غَيْرُ مُؤلم \ painless: causing no pain. \ غَيْرُ مأْلوف \ queer: strange, unusually and not understood: a queer noise. uncouth: lacking good manners; strange in one’s appearance: It is uncouth to push your knife into your mouth when eating. Modern young men don’t condiser it uncouth to wear their hair long. \ غَيْرُ مَأْهول \ desert: (of an island) with nobody living on it. wild: (of plants, creatures, land, etc.) in a natural state, not under the control of man. \ غَيْرُ مُبَاشِر \ indirect: not straight or directly joined to; meaning something which is not directly said: an indirect road; the indirect result of an action; an indirect answer. \ غَيْرُ مُبَالٍ \ indifferent: not caring; not interested: He was quite indifferent to his children’s troubles. \ غَيْرُ مَبْتُوت بأمْرِه \ pending: (of a doubtful matter, esp. in court) not yet settled. \ غَيْرُ مُبْهَم \ definite: certain; clear: a definite promise; a definite plan of action. \ غَيْرُ متأكِّد \ in doubt: uncertain: When in doubt, ask your father. \ غَيْرُ مُتَجَانِس \ odd: mixed; different from each other: a boxful of odd tools; two odd shoes (not a pair). \ غَيْرُ مُتَحَرِّك \ stationary: not moving: a stationary vehicle. \ غَيْرُ مُتَحَفِّظ \ outspoken: (of sb. or his speech) saying just what one thinks, although it may annoy some people. \ غَيْرُ مُتَحَمِّس \ cool: unfriendly; They gave us rather a cool welcome. \ غَيْرُ متحمّس لِـ \ half-hearted: not eager; showing little effort or interest: He made a half-hearted attempt at the work. \ غَيْرُ مُتَرَابِط \ scrappy: made of scraps; incomplete; badly arranged: a scrappy meal; a scrappy report. \ غَيْرُ مُتَّصِل \ intermittent: repeatedly stopping and starting; not continuous: intermittent rain. \ غَيْرُ مُتَّصِل بِـ \ irrelevant: not concerned with, not in any way related to the subject: If you are appointing a good teacher, his height is quite irrelevant. \ غَيْرُ مُتَطَرِّف \ moderate: reasonable (in size or amount; in one’s customs or opinions, etc.); neither too big nor too small; neither too much nor too little: moderate prices; moderate political aims. \ غَيْرُ مُتقَن \ rough: not carefully made; not properly finished; not exact: a rough drawing; a rough guess. \ غَيْرُ مُتْقَن (للشيء أو العمل)‏ \ sloppy: (of a person) lacking effort or spirit; weakly lazy; (of a substance) wet and loose: a sloppy piece of work; a sloppy paste. \ غَيْرُ مُتَكَلّف \ homely: simple and friendly; making one feel at home: This little hotel has a homely feeling. \ غَيْرُ مُتَمدِّن (إنسان)‏ \ savage: old use sb. living in an undeveloped society, seen as fierce and wild and likely to attack strangers. \ غَيْرُ مُتَوَازِن \ top-heavy: so heavy at the top that it is likely to fall over: a top heavy load. \ غَيْرُ مُتَوَافر \ out of stock: not in stock. \ غَيْرُ مُتَوَقَّع \ abrupt: (of movement, change, etc.) sudden and unexpected: an abrupt change of plan. unexpected: not expected; surprising that one did not think would happen: an unexpected present; something quite unexpected. \ غَيْرُ مُجْدٍ \ vain: useless; unsuccessful: a vain attempt. ineffective: not able to produce the desired effect: This medicine is quite ineffective. \ غَيْرُ مُحْتَرِف \ amateur: one who works or plays for pleasure, not for money: an amateur actor. \ غَيْرُ مُحْتَمَل \ improbable: not likely to happen: That is an improbable idea. intolerable: (of heat, annoyance, rudeness, etc.) more than one can bear. \ غَيْرُ مُحَدَّد \ indefinite: adj. not clear; not fixed in time: indefinite ideas; at an indefinite date. \ غَيْرُ مَحْدُود \ infinite: endless; not measurable: I have infinite faith in his abilities. This is infinitely better than that. The infinite space of the sky. whole-hearted: full, unlimited, eager and willing: His plan had their whole-hearted support. \ غَيْرُ مُدْرِك \ unaware: not knowing: I was unaware of all the facts. He was unaware of the danger he was in. \ غَيْرُ مَرْئيّ \ invisible: unable to be seen: The sun remained invisible behind the heavy clouds. unseen: not seen; without being seen: The prisoner escaped unseen. \ غَيْرُ مُرَاعٍ لشُعور الآخرين \ thoughtless: careless; not troubling about the future or about other people: a thoughtless waste of money; thoughtless cruelty. \ غَيْرُ مَرْبُوط \ undone: not done finished; no longer fastened: He left half the work undone. Your shoe has came undone. \ غَيْرُ مَرْبُوط \ loose: not tied; not contained in sth.: The sweets were sold loose, not packed in tins. \ See Also مقيد (مُقيَّد)‏ \ غَيْرُ مُرْتاح \ uneasy: anxious, uncomfortable. \ غَيْرُ مُرَتَّب \ dishevelled: (of a person’s appearance, esp. hair) untidy. \ غَيْرُ مُرَكَّز \ watery: like water; containing too much water: watery milk. weak: (of liquids like tea or coffee) lacking taste or strength, because of too much water or milk. \ غَيْرُ مُريح \ inconvenient: causing difficulty; not what suits one: That is an inconvenient time to visit me. uncomfortable: not comfortable: This chair is very uncomfortable. I’m very uncomfortable in it. \ غَيْرُ مَسْؤُول \ irresponsible: doing foolish things without thinking of the probable results; not trustworthy: It was irresponsible of you to give the child a box of matches to play with. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَحَبّ \ unpleasant: not pleasing or enjoyable; (of people) wanting to quarrel; unkind: What an unpleasant smell! The heat of summer can be very unpleasant. That man was rather unpleasant to me. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَخْدَم \ obsolete: no longer used; out of date: an obsolete word; an obsolete custom. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَعْمَل \ archaic: very old; (esp. of words) no longer used. \ غَيْرُ مُسْتَوٍ \ irregular: not regular; uneven: irregular visits; an irregular shape. rugged: rough and rocky: a rugged coast; rugged cliffs. \ غَيْرُ مُسْرَج \ bareback: (in riding horses, etc.) without a proper leather seat: The boys rode bareback. \ غَيْرُ مُسْكِر (للشَّراب)‏ \ soft: (of drinks) not alcoholic. \ غَيْرُ مَشْرُوع \ foul: (in sport) disobeying the rules: Foul play. The whistle was blown for a foul. \ غَيْرُ مشغول \ free: not busy; not in use: If you’re free this evening, let’s go to the cinema. Is this seat free?. \ غَيْرُ مُصابٍ بِأَذى \ intact: not touched; not damaged or broken; complete: The box was broken but the contents were intact. \ غَيْرُ مَصْقول \ rough: not carefully made; not properly finished; not exact: a rough drawing; a rough guess. coarse: (of people and their manners) rough; rude: a coarse fellow; a coarse laugh. \ غَيْرُ مُصَنَّع \ crude: in its natural state: crude oil. \ غَيْرُ مَصْنُوع \ undone: not done finished; no longer fastened: He left half the work undone. Your shoe has come undone. \ See Also منجز (مُنْجَز)‏ \ غَيْرُ مطبوخ \ raw: uncooked: raw meat. \ غَيْرُ مُطْلَق \ relative: comparative: the relative values of gold and iron. \ غَيْرُ مُعَدّ \ rambling: (of speeches, stories, etc.) not planned; wandering aimlessly: He wrote a long rambling letter about his troubles. \ غَيْرُ مُعَشَّق \ out of gear: with the engine separated from the driving wheels. \ غَيْرُ مُعَقَّد \ simple: plain; not fine or grand: We lead a simple life in the country. \ See Also منمق (مُنَمَّق)، متكلف (مُتَكَلَّف)‏ \ غَيْرُ مَعْقُول \ absurd: not at all sensible; foolish: The singer’s absurd clothes made us laugh. \ غَيْرُ مُغَطّى \ naked: not protected by a cover: naked sword; a naked light (whose flame is therefore dangerous). \ غَيْرُ مُفيد \ useless: worthless; fulfilling no purpose; without effect. \ غَيْرُ مَقْرُوء \ illegible: difficult or impossible to read (because the letters or figures cannot be clearly seen). \ غَيْرُ مُقَيَّد \ open: not limited: The next race is open to children of any age. It’s an open race. \ غَيْرُ مُقَيَّد \ wanton: carelessly uncontrolled;with no good reason; wild or playful, with bad resutls: Wanton behaviour causes wanton damage. \ غَيْرُ مُكْتَرِث \ careless: not taking care: Careless drivers cause accidents. indifferent: not caring; not interested: He was quite indifferent to his children’s troubles. \ غَيْرُ مُكْتَرَث بِه \ perfunctory: done with little interest or care: a perfunctory piece of work. \ غَيْرُ مُلائِم \ adverse: unfavourable: an adverse report; adverse winds that delay sailing. improper: not proper; unsuitable; not polite: improper behaviour. inconvenient: causing difficulty; not what suits one: That is an inconvenient time to visit me. \ غَيْرُ مُمطِر \ dry: not wet; with no rain; with no water: a dry cloth; dry weather; a dry river. \ غَيْرُ ممكِن \ impossible: not possible. \ غَيْرُ مُمَيّز \ indiscriminate: not choosing carefully: He invited people indiscriminately to his party. \ غَيْرُ مناسب \ wrong: not correct; mistaken; unsuitable: That’s the wrong answer, and the wrong way to do it. She came in the wrong clothes for riding. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائِم)‏ \ غَيْرُ مُنْطَبِق على \ irrelevant: not concerned with, not in any way related to the subject: If you are appointing a good teacher, his height is quite irrelevant. \ غَيْرُ مُنَظَّم \ random: not planned, not regular: random visits to the city. \ See Also غَيْر مُخَطَّط \ غَيْرُ مَنْظُور \ unseen: not seen; without being seen: The prisoner escaped unseen. \ غَيْرُ مُهْتَمّ به \ perfunctory: done with little interest or care: a perfunctory piece of work. \ غَيْرُ مُهَذَّب \ impolite: not polite; rude. uncouth: lacking good manners; strange in one’s appearance: It is uncouth to push your knife into your mouth when eating. Modern young men don’t condiser it uncouth to wear their hair long. \ غَيْرُ مَوْثوق \ irresponsible: doing foolish things without thinking of the probable results; not trustworthy: It was irresponsible of you to give the child a box of matches to play with. suspect: not trustworthy; possibly the cause of trouble: a rather suspect character. \ غَيْرُ مُوجِع \ painless: causing no pain. \ غَيْرُ موجُود \ lacking: missing: The bread was enough but the butter was lacking. \ غَيْرُ مَوْصُول بالمُحَرِّك \ out of gear: with the engine separated from the driving wheels. \ غَيْرُ ناضج \ immature: not fully formed or developed. \ غَيْرُ نِظاميّ \ irregular: not regular; uneven: irregular visits; an irregular shape. \ غَيْرُ نَقِيّ \ cloudy: (of liquids) not clear. impure: not pure. \ غَيْرُ واثِق \ uncertain: not certain doubtful; undecided; changeable: I’m uncertain what time he’s coming. \ غَيْرُ واثِق من نفْسه \ insecure: feeling afraid and not sure of oneself: He’s a very insecure person, and so he always thinks other people don’t like him. \ غَيْرُ واضِح \ dull: (of the senses) not sharp: a dull pain. vague: not clearly seen or expressed or understood; (of people) having no clear ideas: She made a vague statement. He’s rather vague about his duties. \ غَيْرُ واقعي \ fictitious: imagined; not a fact; not true: a fictitious character in a book. \ غَيْرُ وِدّي \ icy: (of a voice or manner) very cold; very unfriendly. cold: unfriendly: a cold welcome; a cold heart.

    Arabic-English dictionary > غير

  • 20 deli

    "1. insane, crazy, mad. 2. lunatic, insane person. 3. idiotic, foolish (person). 4. mad about; devotee (of). -si crazy about: futbol delisi crazy about soccer. - alacası colloq. crazy-colored, wild with colors. - bal poisonous honey. - bayrağı açmak colloq. to fall madly in love. - çıkmak 1. to go crazy. 2. to blow one´s top, get angry. - divane olmak /a/ to be crazy about, be mad about, be a devotee of. -ye dönmek 1. to jump with joy. 2. to get frantic, be in a frenzy. -nin eline değnek vermek to give the whip hand to a harmful person. - etmek /ı/ to drive (someone) wild. - gibi 1. madly. 2. recklessly. - gömleği straitjacket. - güllabicisi formerly an attendant in a mental hospital. - güllabicisi gibi like a patient and indulgent nurse. - güllabiciliği etmek to indulge a spoiled person, pander to the whims of a spoiled person. -ye her gün bayram. proverb Every day is a holiday for a fool. - ırmak wild and torrential river. - kızın çeyizi gibi 1. scattered all over. 2. poorly chosen (clothes, furnishings). - olmak /a/ 1. to be madly in love (with), be smitten (by). 2. to be furious (with/about). - olmak işten (bile) değil. It drives one crazy. - orman a vast and dense forest. - pösteki sayar gibi struggling with a thankless and repetitious job. - Raziye colloq. woman or girl who acts crazy. - saçması utter nonsense. - saraylı gibi (woman) oddly decked out in gaudy clothes. "

    Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > deli

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Wild River — ist der Name zweier Flüsse in den Vereinigten Staaten: Wild River (Alaska) Wild River (Androscoggin River) in New Hampshire und Maine Diese Seite ist eine Begriffsklärung zur Unterscheidung mehrerer mit demselben Wort bezeichneter Begriffe …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Wild river — A wild river is a free flowing river system that has all or almost all of its natural features intact. cite web |title=Wild rivers|url=http://www.nrw.qld.gov.au/wildrivers/index.html|accessdate=2008 02 04] The… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River — See also:U.S. National Wild and Scenic Rivers Infobox Film name = Wild River image size = caption = director = Elia Kazan producer = Elia Kazan writer = Borden Deal (novel) William Bradford Huie (novel) Paul Osborn narrator = starring =… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River Review — is an online magazine that publishes in depth reporting, works of literature, art, visual art, reviews, interviews, and columns by and about contemporary artists, photographers, and writers. Founded in Bucks County, Pennsylvania, also known as… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River State Park — Geobox|Protected area name = Wild River State Park category = Minnesota State Park category iucn = V image caption = Wild River State Park protects shoreline along the St. Croix, a National Wild and Scenic River. country = United States country… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River Country — Infobox Water park name = Wild River County caption = location = North Little Rock location2 = Arkansas location3 = United States flagicon|USA coordinates = address = phone numbers = homepage = [http://www.wildrivercountry.com/ Official Website]… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River (Androscoggin River) — The Wild River is a 17.2 mile long (27.6 km) [ [http://www.granit.sr.unh.edu New Hampshire GRANIT state geographic information system] ] river in the White Mountains of New Hampshire and Maine in the United States. It is a tributary of the… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River Dam — Infobox lake lake name = Wild River Dam image lake = caption lake = image bathymetry = caption bathymetry = location = 5km North East of Herberton, Queensland coords = coord|17.3662|S|145.432|E|type:waterbody region:AU|display=inline,title type …   Wikipedia

  • Wild River —    Voir Le Fleuve sauvage …   Dictionnaire mondial des Films

  • River rafting ride — A river rafting ride (also commonly referred to as a river rapids ride ) is an amusement ride that simulates whitewater rafting. HistoryThe river rapids ride concept was proposed by Bill Crandall (General Manager of AstroWorld in Houston) and… …   Wikipedia

  • Wild Rice River (North Dakota) — Wild Rice River Das Einzugsgebiet des Red River of the North, beide Wild Rice River sind hervorgehoben …   Deutsch Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»